TW201245131A - Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device - Google Patents
Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW201245131A TW201245131A TW101110090A TW101110090A TW201245131A TW 201245131 A TW201245131 A TW 201245131A TW 101110090 A TW101110090 A TW 101110090A TW 101110090 A TW101110090 A TW 101110090A TW 201245131 A TW201245131 A TW 201245131A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- substituent
- ring
- resin composition
- acid
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B11/00—Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
- C09B11/04—Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes derived from triarylmethanes, i.e. central C-atom is substituted by amino, cyano, alkyl
- C09B11/10—Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B11/00—Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
- C09B11/04—Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes derived from triarylmethanes, i.e. central C-atom is substituted by amino, cyano, alkyl
- C09B11/10—Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes
- C09B11/24—Phthaleins containing amino groups ; Phthalanes; Fluoranes; Phthalides; Rhodamine dyes; Phthaleins having heterocyclic aryl rings; Lactone or lactame forms of triarylmethane dyes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B11/00—Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
- C09B11/04—Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes derived from triarylmethanes, i.e. central C-atom is substituted by amino, cyano, alkyl
- C09B11/26—Triarylmethane dyes in which at least one of the aromatic nuclei is heterocyclic
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B29/00—Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling
- C09B29/34—Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components
- C09B29/36—Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components from heterocyclic compounds
- C09B29/3604—Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components from heterocyclic compounds containing only a nitrogen as heteroatom
- C09B29/3617—Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components from heterocyclic compounds containing only a nitrogen as heteroatom containing a six-membered heterocyclic with only one nitrogen as heteroatom
- C09B29/3621—Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components from heterocyclic compounds containing only a nitrogen as heteroatom containing a six-membered heterocyclic with only one nitrogen as heteroatom from a pyridine ring
- C09B29/3626—Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components from heterocyclic compounds containing only a nitrogen as heteroatom containing a six-membered heterocyclic with only one nitrogen as heteroatom from a pyridine ring from a pyridine ring containing one or more hydroxyl groups (or = O)
- C09B29/363—Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components from heterocyclic compounds containing only a nitrogen as heteroatom containing a six-membered heterocyclic with only one nitrogen as heteroatom from a pyridine ring from a pyridine ring containing one or more hydroxyl groups (or = O) from diazotized amino carbocyclic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B29/00—Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling
- C09B29/34—Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components
- C09B29/36—Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components from heterocyclic compounds
- C09B29/3604—Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components from heterocyclic compounds containing only a nitrogen as heteroatom
- C09B29/3617—Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components from heterocyclic compounds containing only a nitrogen as heteroatom containing a six-membered heterocyclic with only one nitrogen as heteroatom
- C09B29/3621—Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components from heterocyclic compounds containing only a nitrogen as heteroatom containing a six-membered heterocyclic with only one nitrogen as heteroatom from a pyridine ring
- C09B29/3626—Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components from heterocyclic compounds containing only a nitrogen as heteroatom containing a six-membered heterocyclic with only one nitrogen as heteroatom from a pyridine ring from a pyridine ring containing one or more hydroxyl groups (or = O)
- C09B29/3634—Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components from heterocyclic compounds containing only a nitrogen as heteroatom containing a six-membered heterocyclic with only one nitrogen as heteroatom from a pyridine ring from a pyridine ring containing one or more hydroxyl groups (or = O) from diazotized heterocyclic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B33/00—Disazo and polyazo dyes of the types A->K<-B, A->B->K<-C, or the like, prepared by diazotising and coupling
- C09B33/02—Disazo dyes
- C09B33/12—Disazo dyes in which the coupling component is a heterocyclic compound
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B67/00—Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
- C09B67/0001—Post-treatment of organic pigments or dyes
- C09B67/0004—Coated particulate pigments or dyes
- C09B67/0008—Coated particulate pigments or dyes with organic coatings
- C09B67/0009—Coated particulate pigments or dyes with organic coatings containing organic acid derivatives
- C09B67/001—Coated particulate pigments or dyes with organic coatings containing organic acid derivatives containing resinic acid derivatives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B69/00—Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B69/00—Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
- C09B69/02—Dyestuff salts, e.g. salts of acid dyes with basic dyes
- C09B69/06—Dyestuff salts, e.g. salts of acid dyes with basic dyes of cationic dyes with organic acids or with inorganic complex acids
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/0005—Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
- G03F7/0007—Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/09—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
- G03F7/105—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K59/00—Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
- H10K59/30—Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission
- H10K59/38—Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission comprising colour filters or colour changing media [CCM]
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Structural Engineering (AREA)
- Architecture (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Optical Filters (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
- Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
- Macromonomer-Based Addition Polymer (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
Abstract
Description
201245131 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於-種著色樹脂組成物、彩色渡光片、液晶顯 示裝置及有機EL顯示裝置。 【先前技術】 近年來’作為平面顯示器,彩色 _ ‘ 〜巴夜晶顯不裝置或有機 EL(EleCtr〇lUminescenCe,電致發光)顯示器引人注目於該 等顯示器中使用彩色濾光片。 / 例如,作為彩色液晶顯示裝置之一例,有由具備黑色矩 陣、包含複數色(通常為紅(R)、綠(G)、藍⑻3原色)之著色 層、透明電極及配向層之純據光片基板,與具備薄膜電晶 體(TFTXThin-Fihn T麵is㈣元件)、像素電極及配向声之^ 向電極基板,及使該等兩基板留有既定間隙地相對向並_ 密封構件進行密封、於上述間隙内注人液晶材料而形成之液 晶層所概略構成之穿透型液晶顯示梦 A ^ 罝。又,亦有於上述彩 H片之基板與著色層之間設置有反射㈣反射型 顯不裝置。 關於彩色濾光片,要求色純度、彩度、光穿透量 先前’為了提高衫透量,採用減少影像形成° 著色顏料相對於感光性樹脂之含量、或將藉由影像形 料所形成之像素薄膜化的方法等。 然而,於該等方法中,有彩色濾光片本身之彩度降低,結 101110090 3 201245131 果顯示器整體發白,欠缺顯示時所必需之色彩之鮮豔度之問 題。 相反地’若優先考慮彩度而增加著色顏料含量,則顯示器 整體變暗,於該情形時,為了確保亮度而必需增大背光源之 光量,從而有顯示器之消耗電力增大之問題。 進而,為了提高光穿透量,已知有將顏料粒子之粒徑微分 散至其呈色波長之1/2以下的方法(非專利文獻丨),但該方 法需要與先前相比更進一步之微分散,成本提高及分散後之 穩定性成為問題。 另一方面,亦正在推進開發使用染料作為色材之彩色濾光 片。例如,作為藍色像素形成用之著色樹脂組成物,於專利 文獻1中記載有一種設置有包含C.I.酸性藍83(三烯丙基胺 糸色素)、與C.I.溶劑藍67(銅駄菁系色素)之藍色據光片層 的彩色濾光片。 又’作為綠色像素形成用之著色樹脂組成物,於專利文獻 2中揭示有於形成綠色像素時’使用包含鋅酜菁顏料與黃色 染料之著色樹脂組成物。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] 專利文獻1 :日本專利特開2002-14222號公報 專利文獻2 :日本專利特開2010-168531號公報 [非專利文獻] 101110090 4 201245131 升寻刊又獻 jJSJWU / 【發明内容】1 '月㈣會志」(1967年 (發明所欲解決之問題) 然而’於專利文獻 脂組成財▲色像素形成用之著色樹 鮮盤度,關於抑㈣4白而欠缺顯示時所必需之色彩之 又,於專利文獻戶Γ圖像質量降低之方面並不充分。 組成物中,素色像切成狀著色顧 本發明繁於上述糾並;^充分。 影性優異、進而高圖像質量之二t供;:種,成及顯 像質量降低之著色樹脂組成物。 益之圖 辛之色IS在於猎由使用此種著色樹脂組成物,提供-種像 素^純歧料率《之彩、料 = 示裝置及有機扯顯示裝置。 夜’ (解決問題之手段) 月者等人進行銳意研究,結果發現,於 之情形時,干哭+国你胳曰 使用扣料 像素“ 降低之原因之-在於所形成之 。之硬化並不充分、且像素之耐溶劑性 所謂像素之耐溶劑性,係表示所形成之像素中=八 材(顏料或染料)於溶劑中洗提之難易度。 W之色 即’推測若像叙耐溶舰不充分,關如 配向膜或外覆層時,像素中所“塗佈形戍 3色材於用以形成該等之'% 101110090 201245131 成物中所含有之溶财洗提,污_成於誠向膜或外覆層 上之液晶層,結果顯示器之圖像質量降低。 進而推測於色材❹㈣之情料,耐溶舰易於降 原因如下所述。 發現於包含染料之情形時,即便於曝光時光聚合起始劑接 受光能量Μ為激發狀態,但因與_之接觸,綠合起始 ’於產生自由基之前使能量移動至染料上,光聚合起始劑之 一部分未能發揮產生自由基之功能。 推測於使用染料之情形時引起上述現象之原因在於,血色 =聚集於著色樹脂組成物内之顏料相tb,幾乎以單分子狀態 存在之染料與光聚合起始社接觸概率更大。即,與顏料相 於包含純之情科歧合妙叙能㈣生移動之概 2大,此’與使用顏料之情形相比,於包含染料之情形 节聚合起始劑之自由基產生功能未充分起作用,導致财溶 11性降低,根據情況像素形成性變得不充分。 人又付上述見解’進—步進行潛心研究,結果發現藉由使包 =料之著色樹脂組成物中含有狀之化合物可解決上述 課題’最終完成本發明。 曰^ ’本發明係關於下述著色樹脂組成物、彩色航片、液 曰曰.4不裝置及有機EL顯示裝置。 ⑴一種著色樹脂組成物,其係包含(A)染料⑻溶劑、(c) 黏合樹脂及(D)鏈轉移劑者,且上述⑼鏈轉移劑包含下述式 1〇1110090 201245131 (i)所表示之化合物(以下有稱為「化合物(i)」之情形)。 [化1] I L Jp p⑴ (上述式(I)中,p表示2〜4之整數; • Ral表示氫原子、或可具有取代基之烷基; • X表示直接鍵結、2〜4級碳原子、2〜4價雜環基或2〜4 價芳香族環基。 再者,一分子中所包含之複數個下述式(Γ)所表示之構造 [化2]201245131 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a coloring resin composition, a color light-emitting sheet, a liquid crystal display device, and an organic EL display device. [Prior Art] In recent years, as a flat panel display, a color _ ‘ 芭 夜 夜 显 显 、 or an organic EL (EleCtr〇l UminescenCe, electroluminescence) display has attracted attention to the use of color filters in such displays. / For example, as an example of a color liquid crystal display device, there is a pure light including a black matrix, a color layer including a plurality of colors (usually red (R), green (G), and blue (8) 3 primary colors), a transparent electrode, and an alignment layer. The sheet substrate is provided with a thin film transistor (TFTX Thin-Fihn T-plane is), a pixel electrode, and an alignment sound electrode substrate, and the two substrates are sealed with a predetermined gap therebetween, and the sealing member is sealed. The liquid crystal layer formed by injecting a liquid crystal material into the gap is a transparent liquid crystal display dream A ^ 罝. Further, a reflective (four) reflective type display device is provided between the substrate and the coloring layer of the color H sheet. Regarding color filters, color purity, chroma, and light penetration are required. In order to increase the amount of the lens, the image formation is reduced. The content of the coloring pigment relative to the photosensitive resin, or formed by the image forming material. A method of thinning a pixel or the like. However, in these methods, the chroma of the color filter itself is lowered, and the result is 10110090 3 201245131. The overall display is whitish, and the problem of the vividness of the color necessary for display is lacking. On the other hand, if the coloring pigment content is increased in preference to the chroma, the entire display is darkened. In this case, in order to secure the brightness, it is necessary to increase the amount of light of the backlight, which causes a problem that the power consumption of the display increases. Further, in order to increase the amount of light penetration, a method of slightly dispersing the particle diameter of the pigment particles to 1/2 or less of the color wavelength of the pigment is known (Non-patent document), but the method needs to be further compared with the prior art. Micro-dispersion, cost increase and stability after dispersion become problems. On the other hand, the development of color filters using dyes as color materials is also being promoted. For example, as a colored resin composition for forming a blue pixel, Patent Document 1 discloses that CI red acid blue 83 (triallylamine anthraquinone) and CI solvent blue 67 (copper phthalocyanine dye) are provided. The blue color filter of the light layer. Further, as a colored resin composition for green pixel formation, Patent Document 2 discloses that a colored resin composition containing a zinc phthalocyanine pigment and a yellow dye is used when a green pixel is formed. [Prior Art Document] [Patent Document] Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2002-14222 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-168531 [Non-Patent Document] 101110090 4 201245131 literation and publication of jJSJWU / [Summary of the Invention] 1 'Month (four) meeting" (1967 (invented by the invention) However, in the patent document, the fat composition of the ▲ color pixel is used for the coloring of the tree, and the (4) 4 white is lacking. The necessary color is not sufficient in the image quality reduction of the patent document. In the composition, the plain color is cut into the shape of the color. The present invention is complicated by the above-mentioned correction; ^ is sufficient. The high image quality of the two t supply;: the color, resin composition of the species, the formation and the quality of the image is reduced. The color of the benefit of the image is based on the use of such a coloring resin composition, providing a kind of pixel ^ pure ambiguity rate "Color, material = display device and organic pull display device. Night" (means for solving problems) The moon and other people conducted intensive research and found that in the case of the situation, dry crying + country you are using the button pixel " Reason for lowering - in The hardening is not sufficient, and the solvent resistance of the pixel is the solvent resistance of the pixel, which indicates the difficulty in eluting the eight materials (pigments or dyes) in the formed pixel. That is, it is presumed that if the image is not sufficient, such as the alignment film or the outer coating, the "coated shape" in the pixel is used to form the dissolved solution of the '% 101110090 201245131. The reason is that the image quality of the display is degraded. The result is that the color-resistant material (4) is easy to fall, and the reason is that the solvent-resistant ship is easy to fall. In the case of a dye, even if the photopolymerization initiator receives light energy 激发 in an excited state during exposure, due to contact with _, green compositing starts to move energy to the dye before generating radicals, photopolymerization initiator Some of them fail to function as a radical generating agent. It is presumed that the reason for causing the above phenomenon in the case of using a dye is that the blood color = the pigment phase tb accumulated in the colored resin composition, and the dye which exists almost in a single molecule state The probability of contact with the polymerization starter is greater. That is, the pigment phase is inclusive of the purely emotional relationship, and the growth is greater in the case of containing the dye than in the case of using the pigment. The free radical generating function of the initiator does not function sufficiently, resulting in a decrease in the solubility of the acid, and the pixel formation becomes insufficient according to the situation. The person pays the above-mentioned insights as a step-by-step study, and as a result, it is found that by making the package = The present invention can be solved by the compound containing a compound in the colored resin composition. The present invention relates to the following colored resin composition, color aerial film, liquid helium, liquid non-device, and organic EL display. (1) A colored resin composition comprising (A) a dye (8) solvent, (c) a binder resin, and (D) a chain transfer agent, and the above (9) chain transfer agent comprises the following formula 1〇1110090 201245131 (i) The compound represented (hereinafter referred to as "compound (i)"). IL Jp p(1) (In the above formula (I), p represents an integer of 2 to 4; • Ral represents a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group which may have a substituent; • X represents a direct bond, a 2 to 4 carbon An atom, a 2 to 4 valent heterocyclic group or a 2 to 4 valent aromatic ring group. Further, a plurality of structures represented by the following formula (Γ) contained in one molecule [Chemical 2]
可相同亦可不同)。 [2] 如上述[1]之著色樹脂組成物,其中,上述(D)鏈轉移劑 之含量於所有固形份中為2重量%以上且10重量%以下。 [3] 如上述[1]或[2]之著色樹脂組成物,其中,上述染料為 三芳基曱烷系染料。 [4] 如上述[1]至[3]中任一項之著色樹脂組成物,其進而含 有(E)聚合性單體。 [5] 如上述[4]之著色樹脂組成物,其中,上述(E)聚合性單 體為具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之化合物。 101110090 7 201245131 [6] 如上述Π]至[5]中任一項之著色樹脂組成物,其進而含 有(F)光聚合起始成分及熱聚合起始成分中之至少一者。 [7] —種彩色濾光片,其包含使用如上述[丨]至[6]中任一項 之著色樹脂組成物所形成之像素。 [8] -種液晶顯示裝置,其具有如上述[7]之彩色渡光片。 [9] 一種有機EL顯示裝置,其具有如上述[7]之彩色濾光 片0 (發明效果) 藉由使用本發明之著色樹脂組成物,可形成像素形成性及 顯影性優異、進而耐溶劑性高之像素。因此,包含使用本發 明之著色樹脂組成物所形成之像素的液晶顯示裝置的圖像 質量高。 又,獲得像素之色純度及穿透性優異之彩色濾光片,使用 此種彩色濾光片,藉此可效率良好地提取彩色渡光片之背光 源之發光,從而可提供兼具高色再現性及高亮度之液晶顯厂、 裝置或有機EL顯示裝置。 【實施方式】 以下詳細地說明本發明之實施形態,以下記载為本發明之 實施態樣之一例’本發明並不限定於該等内容。 此處,於本說明書中,“質量%”與“重量質量 ppm”與“重量PPm”、及“質量份”與“重量份,,分別= 義相同。又’於簡§己為 PPm 之情形時,表示‘‘重® 101110090 8 201245131 ppm” 〇 ’於本發明中’「(曱基)丙稀酸」、「(曱基)丙稀酸酉旨」 A」曰丙稀I及/或曱基丙烯酸」、「丙稀酸g旨及/或甲基丙 稀酸醋」等’例如「(曱基)丙稀酸」意指「丙婦酸及/或曱基 丙稀酸」。 又/斤謂「所有固形份」,意、指下述溶劑成分以外之本發 明色遽光>;用著色樹脂組成物之所有成分。 進而所明「芳香族環」,意指「芳香族烴環」及「芳香 族雜環」兩者。 本發明之著色樹脂組成物包含⑷染料、⑻溶劑、(〇黏 合樹脂、及⑼鏈轉移劑,⑼鏈轉移劑中含有化合物⑴,較 佳為進Μ含(驟合性單體、⑺統合_纽及/或熱聚 口起始成分,進而根據需要包含所調配之其他成分。 首先’說明本發明之著色樹脂組成物中所含有之(D)鏈轉 移劑。 [(D)鏈轉移劑] 所明本發明中之(D)鏈轉移劑,係具有接受所產生之自由 基、並將該自由基交接至其他化合物的功能之化合物。 本&明之著色樹脂組成物含有下述式(I)所表示之化合物 作為(D)鏈轉移劑。 [化3] 101110090 201245131 X--C2—C2—O-C-C2—C-R*1 ° 5H p (i) (上述式(I)中,p表示2〜4之整數;Can be the same or different). [2] The colored resin composition according to the above [1], wherein the content of the (D) chain transfer agent is 2% by weight or more and 10% by weight or less based on the total solid content. [3] The colored resin composition according to the above [1] or [2] wherein the dye is a triaryldecane dye. [4] The colored resin composition according to any one of the above [1] to [3] further comprising (E) a polymerizable monomer. [5] The colored resin composition according to the above [4], wherein the (E) polymerizable monomer is a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. The colored resin composition according to any one of the above-mentioned items, which further comprises at least one of (F) a photopolymerization starting component and a thermal polymerization starting component. [7] A color filter comprising a pixel formed using the colored resin composition according to any one of [6] to [6] above. [8] A liquid crystal display device comprising the color light-passing sheet of [7] above. [9] An organic EL display device having the color filter 0 of the above [7] (Effect of the Invention) By using the colored resin composition of the present invention, excellent pixel formation and developability can be formed, and solvent resistance can be obtained. High pixel. Therefore, the liquid crystal display device including the pixel formed using the colored resin composition of the present invention has high image quality. Moreover, by obtaining a color filter excellent in color purity and transparency of a pixel, the color filter can be used, whereby the backlight of the color light-passing sheet can be efficiently extracted, thereby providing a high color. Reproducible and high-brightness liquid crystal display, device or organic EL display device. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail, and the following description is an example of an embodiment of the present invention. The present invention is not limited to the above. Here, in the present specification, "% by mass" and "weight by mass" and "weight of PPm", and "parts by mass" and "parts by weight, respectively = the same meaning. Again, in the case of PPm In the present invention, ''heavy® 101110090 8 201245131 ppm' 本' in the present invention ''(曱基)acrylic acid', '(曱基)acrylic acid 」 」 A" 曰 I I and/or 曱"Acrylic acid", "acrylic acid g and/or methyl acrylate vinegar", etc., such as "(mercapto)acrylic acid" means "propionic acid and/or mercaptopropionic acid". Further, it is referred to as "all solid parts", meaning "environmental light other than the following solvent components"; all components of the colored resin composition. Further, the term "aromatic ring" means both "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" and "aromatic heterocyclic ring". The colored resin composition of the present invention comprises (4) a dye, (8) a solvent, (a bismuth-bonding resin, and (9) a chain transfer agent, (9) a chain transfer agent containing a compound (1), preferably a ruthenium-containing (synaptic monomer, (7) integration_ The starting component of the nucleus and/or the hot condensate, and further contains other components to be blended as needed. First, the (D) chain transfer agent contained in the colored resin composition of the present invention will be described. [(D) Chain transfer agent] The (D) chain transfer agent of the present invention is a compound having a function of accepting the generated radical and transferring the radical to another compound. The present colored composition of the resin contains the following formula (I) The compound represented by (D) is a chain transfer agent. [Chemical 3] 101110090 201245131 X--C2—C2—OC-C2—CR*1 ° 5H p (i) (In the above formula (I), p represents 2 An integer of ~4;
Ral表示氫原子、或可具有取代基之烷基; X表示直接鍵結、2〜4級碳原子、2〜4價雜環基或2〜4 價芳香族環基。 再者,一分子中所包含之複數個下述式(Γ)所表示之構造 [化4] 0 —C一 II II 〇 1 SH 」 (I,) 可相同亦可不同)。 (關於Ral)Ral represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent; X represents a direct bond, a 2 to 4 carbon atom, a 2 to 4 valent heterocyclic group or a 2 to 4 valent aromatic ring group. Further, a plurality of structures represented by the following formula (Γ) included in one molecule may be the same or different as the structure represented by the following formula (Chemical Formula 4) 0-C-II II 〇 1 SH ” (I,). (About Ral)
Ral表示氫原子、或可具有取代基之烷基。 作為上述烷基,碳數通常為1〜8,尤佳為1或2。 作為Ral,就化合物之反應性高、且所獲得之膜之表面硬 化性變高之方面而言,較佳為氫原子。 再者,作為Ral中之烷基可具有之取代基,例如可列舉下 述(取代基群W1)項中所記載者。 (取代基群W1) 說原子、氣原子、碳數2〜8之烯基、碳數1〜8之烧氧基、 苯基、2,4,6-三甲苯基、曱苯基、萘基、氰基、乙醯氧基、 101110090 10 201245131 碳數2〜9之烷基羧基、磺酸醯胺基、碳數2〜9之磺基烷基 醯胺基、碳數2〜9之烷基羰基、苯乙基、羥乙基、乙醯醯 胺基、碳數1〜4之烧基鍵結而成之二烧基胺基乙基、三氣 甲基、碳數1〜8之三烷基矽烷基、硝基、碳數1〜8之烷硫 基。 (關於X) 式⑴中,X表示直接鍵結、2〜4級碳原子、2〜4價雜環 基或2〜4價芳香族環基。 再者,所謂X為2〜4級碳原子之情形,意指X為下述任 一之構造。 [化5] _______ η2 η 作為X中之芳香族環基,可列舉芳香族烴環基及芳香族 雜環基。 作為芳香族烴環基,可為單環亦可為縮合環,只要形成環 之碳數為5〜18則並無特別限制,例如可列舉:具有2〜4 個自由價之苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、茈環、稠四苯環、芘 環、苯并芘環、窟環、聯伸三苯環、苊萘環、熒蒽環、苐環 等基。 再者,關於本發明中之自由價,係基於「有機化學-生化 學命名法上」(南江堂,1992年5月20日發行,平山健三, 101110090 11 201245131 平山和雄譯著,第u〜12頁)之記載者。 又,作為芳香族雜環基,可為單環亦可為缩入广 成環之碳數為3〜1〇則並無特別限制, 〇衣,只要形 環、苯并吱喃環、。塞吩環、苯并·V 4可列舉:。夫。南 ν签刀%、〇比咯 口米唾環“f二姆”㈣環、料環、、唉環、 并吡唑環、吡咯并吡咯環、噻吩并吡咯環、。米唑^、D比咯 環、苯并異㈣環、苯并Μ環1 ☆ I并異% 較環、三讲環、啥琳環、異嗤琳環、啤:井環、塔啡壤、 啡啶環、笨并料環Κ環 》、料啉環、 環等。 圭坐啉4、包啉啊環、奠 另一方面’作為雜環基(即非芳香族 可為縮合環。 、基),可為單環亦 雜環基為包含氮原子、韻子及氧原 原子之非芳香族環。 者作為雜 於雜環基具有複數個構成環之 _ 同亦可不同。 之清形時,该等可相 坐^言,可列舉:Μ基,基、異、苯并读 唑基、4本二甲醯亞胺基、娘咬基、〇比口各咬其等。土 就化合物⑴之保存穩定性良好之土方面而 佳為2〜4級韻子,核為崎麵子。 再者’X中之碳原子、雜環基及芳香族環基亦可具有下述 101110090 201245131 構造式(r)(以下有稱為「含對胺苯磺醯基構造」之情形)以外 所表示之取代基,作為該取代基,可列舉上述(取代基群w1) 之項中所記載者。 [化6] 广 · —_c—》一 g—Re1Ral represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent. As the above alkyl group, the carbon number is usually from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 or 2. Ral is preferably a hydrogen atom in terms of high reactivity of the compound and high surface hardenability of the obtained film. Further, the substituent which the alkyl group in Ral has may be, for example, those described in the following (Substituent Group W1). (Substituent group W1) An atom, a gas atom, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl group, an anthracenylphenyl group, and a naphthyl group. , cyano group, acetoxy group, 101110090 10 201245131 alkyl carboxyl group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms, sulfonium sulfonate group, sulfoalkylguanidinyl group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms, alkyl group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms a carbonyl group, a phenethyl group, a hydroxyethyl group, an acetamethylene group, a dialkylamino group, a trimethyl group, a carbon number of 1 to 8 and a trialkyl group bonded by a carbon number of 1 to 4; An alkylthio group having an alkyl group, a nitro group and a carbon number of 1 to 8. (About X) In the formula (1), X represents a direct bond, a 2 to 4 carbon atom, a 2 to 4 valent heterocyclic group or a 2 to 4 valent aromatic ring group. Further, the case where X is a carbon atom of 2 to 4 grades means that X is a structure of any of the following. _______ η2 η Examples of the aromatic ring group in X include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, and is not particularly limited as long as the number of carbon atoms forming the ring is 5 to 18, and examples thereof include a benzene ring having 2 to 4 free valencies and a naphthalene ring. , anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring, fused tetraphenyl ring, anthracene ring, benzofluorene ring, cave ring, extended triphenyl ring, anthracene ring, fluoranthene ring, anthracene ring and the like. Furthermore, the free price in the present invention is based on "Organic Chemistry - Biochemical Nomenclature" (Nanjiang Hall, issued on May 20, 1992, Hirayama Kenzo, 101110090 11 201245131 Hirayama Kazuo, pp. u~12 Recorded by). Further, the aromatic heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a polycondensed ring having a carbon number of 3 to 1 Å, and is not particularly limited, and may be a ring or a benzopyrene ring. The cockering ring and benzo-V 4 can be exemplified by: husband. South ν signed knives, 〇 咯 咯 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾 唾. Mazole ^, D than ring, benzoiso (tetra) ring, benzopyrene ring 1 ☆ I and different % compared to the ring, three rings, 啥 环 ring, 嗤 嗤 ring, beer: well ring, Talbot, A pyridine ring, a stupid ring, a ring, a ring, and the like. Gendosporin 4, porphyrin ring, and on the other hand 'as a heterocyclic group (ie, non-aromatic may be a condensed ring. , a base), may be a monocyclic ring and a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom, a rhyme and oxygen A non-aromatic ring of the original atom. The same as the heterocyclic group having a plurality of constituent rings may be different. In the case of clearing, these can be used together, and examples thereof include sulfhydryl groups, ketone groups, iso- and benzo-xazosyl groups, 4 dimethylimine groups, mother bites, and bismuth. The soil is a 2~4 grade rhyme for the soil with good preservation stability of the compound (1), and the core is a surface. Further, the carbon atom, the heterocyclic group and the aromatic ring group in 'X may have the following formula 101110090 201245131 (r) (hereinafter referred to as "the structure containing a p-aminophenylsulfonyl group") The substituent is, as the substituent, the one described in the above item (Substituent group w1). [化6] 广 · —_c—》一 g—Re1
II I L 〇 SH (I*) • (關於p) p表示2〜4之整數。 於化合物(I)中,就藉由作為反應部位之對胺苯磺醯基變多 而使化合物之反應性變高、所獲得之像素之硬化性充分之方 面而言,p尤佳為4。 以下表示本發明中之化合物(I)之具體例,但本發明並不限 . 定於該等。 _ [化合物(I)之具體例] 可列舉:具有2個含對胺苯磺醯基之構造之化合物:1,2-乙二硫醇、1,3-丙二硫醇、1,4-丁二硫醇、2,3-丁二硫醇、1,5-戊二硫醇、1,6-己二硫醇、1,8-辛二硫醇、1,9-壬二硫醇、2,3-二酼基-1-丙醇、二硫赤藻糖醇、1,2-苯二硫醇、1,2-苯二曱 硫醇、1,3-苯二硫醇、3,4-二酼基曱苯、4-氯-1,3-苯二硫醇、 2-己基胺基-4,6-二酼基-1,3,5-三。井、2-二乙基胺基-4,6-二酼 基-1,3,5-三讲、2-環己基胺基-4,6-二酼基-1,3,5-三讲、乙二 101110090 13 201245131 醇雙(3-酼基丙酸酯)、2,5-二酼基-丨二‘噻二唑、2,2-雙(2-經基-3-疏基丙氧基笨基丙燒)等, 具有3個含對胺苯磺醯基之構造之化合物:三羥曱基丙烷 參(3-疏基丙酸酿)、三經甲基丙燒三·乙醇酸g|、u,6_ 己三醇三疏基乙醇酸§旨等, 八 固3對胺笨磺醯基之構造之化合物 :季戊 基乙醇酸醋、季戊四醇肆(3遵基丙酸醋)等。 上述之中,尤佳為季戊四醇肆(3_疏基丙㈣)。 (關於含量) 务月中之(D)鏈轉移劑之含量,於著色樹脂組成物之固 :份中’通常為2重量%以上,較佳為4重量%以上,更佳 為6重量%以上, a 艰⑦為10重量%以下,較佳為9重量% 从:,更佳為8.5重量%以下。 易===:則就所獲得之像素之硬化性充分、且不 再去,士又 素之免度降低方面而言較佳。 上述範圍内之方式含:二要以(〇)鏈轉移劑之合計含量在 在上、fr·為僅含有化合物(1)作為⑼鏈轉移劑’較佳A 在上从圍内含有化合_。 佳為 <發揮效果之原因> 關於藉由設為本案 __ ,、之構成而獲得抑制所獲得之液晶顯示 201245131 裝置之圖像質I降低之效果的原因,推測如下。 液晶顯示震置之圖像質量降低之原因之-,如上所述’在 於所獲得之像素之耐溶舰並不充分。 劑性 著眼於藉由提南所獲得之像素之硬化性而提高耐溶 為了提高像素之硬化性,必需使著色樹脂組成物中所含有 之黏合樹料聚合性魏性成分充分地發揮功能。 所謂使聚合性硬化性成分充分地發揮功能,意指於像素之 寬廣範圍内引起聚合。 、 先前’例如於光聚合系之情形時,僅於距離光聚合起始劑 存在區域非常近之區域内產生聚合,且所產生之自由美不 散’因此難則丨起寬廣範圍之聚合,無法獲得對像素 分之耐溶劑性程度之硬化。 ' 此處,於本發明中,藉由包含上述式⑴所表厂、 所產生之自由基經由上述式(I)所表示之化合 匆 廣範圍内 其結果使聚合反應變得更容易進行,獲得斜像素 之耐溶劑性程度之硬化,可抑制液晶顯示農 低0 廑。 可擴政至寬 賦予充分 圖像質量降 [(A)染料] 本發明 中之(Α)染料只要無損本發明之效果則 t無特別 制,例如可較佳地列舉:偶氣系染料、蒽g昆系染料 限 賦菁系 101110090 201245131 染料、醌亞胺系染料、啥啉系染料、硝基系染料、毅基系染 料、次甲基系染料、菁系染料、三芳基曱烷系染料等。 作為偶氮系染料,例如可列舉:c丄酸性黃u、C I.酸性 橙7、C.I.酸性紅37、C.I.酸性紅180、c j酸性藍29、c丄 直接紅28、C.I.直接紅83、C.I.直接黃12、C.I.直接橙26、 C.I.直接綠28、C.I.直接綠59、c丄反應性黃2、c丄反應性 紅17、C.I.反應性紅120、C I•反應性黑5、C I•分散橙$、 C.I.分散紅58、C.I.分散藍165、c』驗性藍4卜c』驗性紅 18、C.I.媒介紅7、CI.媒介黃5、c丨媒介黑7等。 作為蒽醌系染料,例如可列舉:c丄還原藍4、c i•酸性藍 40、C.I.酸性綠25、C.I.反應性藍19、c j反應性藍49、c丄 分散紅60、C.I.分散藍56、c j分散藍6〇等。 另外’作為酞菁系染料,例如可列舉。還原藍5等,作 為酉昆亞胺系染料,例如可列舉:c丄驗性藍3、c i.驗性藍9 等,作為啥琳系染料,例如可列舉:C I.溶劑黃33、c i,酸 性κ 3、C.I.分散黃64等,作為墙基系染料,例如可列舉: C.I·酸性黃卜C.I.酸性橙3、c】分散黃42等。 其中’最佳之染料根據所期望之像素顏色而有所不同。 於f成藍色像素之情科,就所獲得之像素之亮度高之方 面而舌,較佳為三芳基甲烧系染料及菁系染料,尤佳為三芳 基甲烷系染料。 再者,就更易獲得本發明之效果之方面而言,較佳為三芳 101110090 201245131 基曱烷系染料之情形。 又,於形成紅色像素或綠色像素之情形時,若使用黃色染 料作為其補色,就易於良好地獲得本發明之效果之方面而 言,尤佳為偶氮系黃色染料。 首先,詳細說明藍色像素形成用之著色樹脂組成物中可較 佳地使用之染料,即三芳基曱烷系染料及菁系染料。 [三芳基曱烷系染料] (三芳基曱烷系染料:關於式(II)所表示之化合物) 作為三芳基曱烷系染料,就耐熱性優異、且所獲得之像素 之尤其是藍色純度及穿透率優異之方面而言,尤佳為下述式 (II)所表示之化合物(以下有稱為「化合物(II)」之情形)。 [化7]II I L 〇 SH (I*) • (About p) p represents an integer from 2 to 4. In the compound (I), p is particularly preferably 4, because the reactivity of the compound is increased as the reaction site is increased, and the curability of the obtained pixel is sufficient. Specific examples of the compound (I) in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. _ [Specific Example of Compound (I)] A compound having two structures containing p-aminobenzenesulfonyl group: 1,2-ethanedithiol, 1,3-propanedithiol, 1,4- Butanedithiol, 2,3-butanedithiol, 1,5-pentanedithiol, 1,6-hexanedithiol, 1,8-octanedithiol, 1,9-nonanedithiol, 2,3-dimercapto-1-propanol, dithioerythritol, 1,2-benzenedithiol, 1,2-benzenedithiol, 1,3-benzenedithiol, 3, 4-Dimercaptopurine, 4-chloro-1,3-benzenedithiol, 2-hexylamino-4,6-dimercapto-1,3,5-tri. Well, 2-diethylamino-4,6-dimercapto-1,3,5-trisyl, 2-cyclohexylamino-4,6-dimercapto-1,3,5-three , B2101110090 13 201245131 Alcohol bis(3-mercaptopropionate), 2,5-dimercapto-indenyl thiadiazole, 2,2-bis(2-pyridyl-3-sulfopropoxy) a compound having three structures containing p-aminophenylsulfonyl group, such as trishydroxypropyl propane ginseng (3-diylpropionic acid brewing), trimethyl ketone tris-glycolic acid g |, u, 6_ hexanetriol tris-glycolic acid §, etc., a compound of the structure of octa3, 3, and oxasulfonyl amide: quaternary glycolic acid vinegar, pentaerythritol hydrazine (3 benzyl vinegar). Among the above, it is particularly preferred to be pentaerythritol oxime (3-sulfopropyl (tetra)). (Regarding the content) The content of the (D) chain transfer agent in the month of the month is usually 2% by weight or more, preferably 4% by weight or more, and more preferably 6% by weight or more in the solid portion of the colored resin composition. , a difficult 7 is 10% by weight or less, preferably 9% by weight from: more preferably 8.5% by weight or less. Easy ===: It is preferable that the obtained pixel has sufficient hardenability and is not required to be removed. In the above range, the content of the (〇) chain transfer agent is in the above, fr· is only the compound (1) as the (9) chain transfer agent, and preferably A is contained in the upper side. The reason why the effect of the liquid crystal display obtained by the suppression of the liquid crystal display of the device is reduced by the configuration of the present invention is as follows. The reason why the image quality of the liquid crystal display is lowered is as described above, and the solvent-resistant ship of the obtained pixel is not sufficient. In the case of improving the hardenability of the pixel, it is necessary to sufficiently function the adhesive layer polymerizable Wei component contained in the colored resin composition. The fact that the polymerizable curable component sufficiently functions means that polymerization is caused in a wide range of pixels. In the case of the photopolymerization system, for example, polymerization is generated only in a region very close to the photopolymerization initiator, and the resulting freedom is not so good that it is difficult to set up a wide range of polymerization. Hardening is obtained to the extent that the pixel is solvent resistant. Here, in the present invention, by the inclusion of the radicals produced by the above formula (1), the radicals generated by the above formula (I) are catalyzed in a wide range, and as a result, the polymerization reaction is made easier. The degree of solvent resistance of the oblique pixel can suppress the liquid crystal display to a low level of 0 廑. The image density can be extended to a sufficient image quality [(A) Dye] The dye of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, and for example, an even gas dye or hydrazine is preferably exemplified. g Kunming dye-limited phthalocyanine 101110090 201245131 Dyes, quinone imine dyes, porphyrin dyes, nitro dyes, Yiji dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, triaryl decane dyes, etc. . Examples of the azo dye include c丄 acid yellow u, C I. acid orange 7, CI acid red 37, CI acid red 180, cj acid blue 29, c丄 direct red 28, CI direct red 83, CI. Direct Yellow 12, CI Direct Orange 26, CI Direct Green 28, CI Direct Green 59, c丄 Reactive Yellow 2, c丄 Reactive Red 17, CI Reactive Red 120, CI•Reactive Black 5, CI•Disperse Orange $, CI Disperse Red 58, CI Disperse Blue 165, c』Experimental Blue 4 Buc> Authentic Red 18, CI Medium Red 7, CI. Medium Yellow 5, c丨 Medium Black 7, etc. Examples of the lanthanoid dyes include c丄Reducing Blue 4, ci•Acid Blue 40, CI Acid Green 25, CI Reactive Blue 19, cj Reactive Blue 49, c丄Disperse Red 60, and CI Disperse Blue 56. Cj disperses blue 6〇 and so on. Further, as the phthalocyanine dye, for example, it can be mentioned. Examples of the quinone imine dyes include, for example, c blue blue, c i. blue, and the like. Examples of the phthalocyanine dye include C I. Solvent Yellow 33. Ci, acid κ 3, CI disperse yellow 64, etc., as a wall-based dye, for example, CI·Acid Yellow Bu CI Acid Orange 3, c】Disperse Yellow 42 and the like. The 'best dye' varies depending on the desired pixel color. In the case of f-blue pixels, the tongue is preferably a triaryl-based dye and a cyanine dye, and particularly preferably a triarylmethane dye. Further, in the case where the effect of the present invention is more easily obtained, the case of the triaryl 101110090 201245131 decane-based dye is preferred. Further, in the case of forming a red pixel or a green pixel, if a yellow dye is used as the complementary color, it is easy to obtain the effect of the present invention favorably, and an azo yellow dye is particularly preferable. First, a dye which can be preferably used in the coloring resin composition for forming a blue pixel, that is, a triaryl decane-based dye and a cyanine dye, will be described in detail. [Triaryl decane dye] (triaryl decane dye: compound represented by formula (II)) As a triaryl decane dye, it is excellent in heat resistance, and the obtained pixel is especially blue purity. In addition, it is a compound represented by the following formula (II) (hereinafter referred to as "compound (II)"). [Chemistry 7]
(上述式(II)中,Zml·表示ml價陰離子。 ml表示1〜4之整數。 R1〜R6各自獨立地表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數1 〜8之烷基、或可具有取代基之芳香族環基。鄰接之R1〜 101110090 17 201245131 R6彼此可鍵結而形成環。又,該環可具有取代基。 R7及R8表示氫原子、或任意之取代基。R7及R8可相互 連結而形成環。 又,上述式(II)令之苯環進而可具有任意之取代基。 再者,於一分子中包含複數個 [化8](In the above formula (II), Zml· represents a valence anion. ml represents an integer of 1 to 4. R1 to R6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or may have The aromatic ring group of the substituent. R1 to 101110090 17 201245131 R6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Further, the ring may have a substituent. R7 and R8 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. R7 and R8 may be used. Further, the benzene ring of the above formula (II) may have any substituent. Further, a plurality of compounds are contained in one molecule.
之情形時,該等可為相同之構造亦可為不同之構造。 (關於R1〜R6) R1〜R6各自獨立地表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數1 〜8之烷基、或可具有取代基之芳香族環基。 作為R1〜R6中之烷基,可列舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀 之烷基,且其碳數通常為1以上,又通常為8以下,較佳為 5以下者。作為具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、2-丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、環己基等。 作為R1〜R6中之芳香族環,可列舉芳香族烴環及芳香族 雜環。 101110090 18 201245131 作為芳香族烴環基,可為單環亦可為縮合環,只要形成環 之碳數為5〜18則並無特別限制,例如可列舉:具有1個自 由價之苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、花環、稍四苯環、祐環、 苯并芘環、窟環、聯伸三苯環、苊萘環、熒蒽環、i環等基。 又,作為芳香族雜環基,可為單環亦可為縮合環,只要形 成環之碳數為3〜10則並無特別限制,例如可列舉:具有1 個自由價之σ夫喃環、苯并α夫喃環、。塞吩環、苯并0塞吩環、°比 略環、α比α坐環、°米σ坐環、σ号二11坐環、叫卜朵環、味π坐環、η比σ各 并0米D坐環、'^比ρ各并°比σ坐環、α比咯并α比咯環、α塞吩并°比17各環、 D塞吩并。塞吩環、呋喃并。比咯環、呋喃并吱喃環、°塞吩并呋喃 環、苯并異°号唾環、苯并異嗟α坐環、苯并°米唾環、°比咬環、 α比D井環、塔讲環、D密咬環、三讲環、喧。林環、異喧琳環、今淋 環、啥σ等琳環、啡咬環、苯并味。坐環、咕咬環、啥吐琳環、 • σ奎吐淋酮環、奠環等基。 - 鄰接之R1〜R6彼此可鍵結而形成環,進而該環可具有取 代基。 於鄰接之R1〜R6彼此鍵結而形成環之情形時,該等可為 利用雜原子交聯而成之環。作為該環之具體例,例如可列舉 以下者。該等環可具有取代基。 [化9] 101110090 19 201245131 就化學穩定性之方面而言,作為ri〜r6,較佳為各自獨 立地為氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數丨〜8之絲或可具有 取代基之苯基,或者鄰接之Rl〜R6相互鍵結㈣成環之情 形,就提高染料之耐熱性、所獲得之彩色滤光片之耐光性優 異之方面而言’更佳為可具有取代基之碳數卜8之烧基或 可具有取代基之笨基。 於R〜R6為可具有取代基之碳數卜8之烧基之情形時, 推測藉由超共軛,而使陽離子内之電荷分散,陽離子穩定化。 又’於R1〜R64可具有取代基之苯基之情形時,推測藉 由延長共軛系,而使陽離子内之電荷分散,藉此陽離子穩定 化。如此,可認為陽離子穩定化之結果使所獲得之彩色濾光 片之耐光性變得更優異。 作為R1〜R6中之烷基、芳香族烴環基、及鄰接之r1〜r6 彼此鍵結而形成之環可具有之取代基,例如可列舉下述(取 代基群W2)者。 (取代基群W2) 石反數1〜8之烷基、碳數2〜8之烯基、碳數丨〜8之烷氧 基、妷數6〜15之芳基、碳數2〜9之烷基羰氧基、碳數7 〜16之芳基羰氧基、碳數2〜9之烷氧基羰基、碳數7〜16 之芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、碳數2〜9之烷基胺甲醯基、碳 數7〜16之芳基胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、碳數丨〜8之烷基胺 %醯基、岐數6〜15之芳基胺續醯基、碳數2〜9之烧基幾 101110090 20 201245131 基、碳數7〜16之芳基羰基、碳數ι〜8之烷基磺醯基、碳 數1〜8之烧基續醯基胺基、碳數6〜15之芳基項醯基胺基、 胺基、碳數1〜8之烷基鍵結而成之烷基胺基、碳數1〜4 之烷基鍵結而成之二烷基胺基、碳數6〜15之芳基胺基、碳 數6〜15之芳基與碳數1〜4乏烷基鍵結而成之芳基烷基胺 基、碳數6〜15之芳基鍵結而成之二芳基胺基、苯乙基、羥 乙基、碳數1〜8之烷基羰基胺基、碳數7〜16之芳基羰基 胺基、碳數1〜4之烷基鍵結而成之二烷基胺基乙基、三氟 甲基、碳數1〜8之三烷基矽烷基、碳數丨〜8之烷硫基、碳 數6〜15之芳硫基、羥基、硝基、氰基、羧基、磺基、氟原 子、氯原子等齒素原子。 作為上述取代基群W2中之芳基,具體而言可列舉:Ri〜 R6中記為芳香族環基者。該芳基可進而具有曱基、乙基等 低級烷基、曱氧基、乙氧基等低級烷氧基、硝基、三氟甲基、 氰基、胺曱醯基、胺磺醯基、氟原子、氯原子等鹵素原子作 為取代基。 其中,作為R1〜R6中之烷基、芳香族環基及相互連結所 形成之環可具有之取代基,較佳為碳數1〜8之烷基、碳數 1〜8之烷氧基、苯基、曱苯基、碳數2〜9之烷基羰氧基、 胺曱醯基、胺續醯基、碳數1〜8之烷基胺石黃醯基、三氟甲 基、氰基、磺基及氟原子。 (關於R7及R8) !〇1110090 21 201245131 R7及R8表示氫原子、或任意之取代基。 作為該任意之取代基,例如可列舉:齒素原子、可具有取 代基之碳數1〜8之烷基、可具有取代基之芳香族環基等。 又,R7及R8可相互連結而形成環。 於R7及R8彼此鍵結而形成環之情形時,該等可為利用雜 原子交聯而成之環。作為該環之具體例,例如可列舉:以下 者。該等環可具有取代基。 [化 10]In the case of the same, the configurations may be the same or different configurations. (About R1 to R6) Each of R1 to R6 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. Examples of the alkyl group in R1 to R6 include a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, and the carbon number thereof is usually 1 or more, and usually 8 or less, preferably 5 or less. Specific examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, a 2-propyl group, a n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, and a cyclohexyl group. Examples of the aromatic ring in R1 to R6 include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic hetero ring. 101110090 18 201245131 The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, and is not particularly limited as long as the number of carbon atoms forming the ring is 5 to 18, and examples thereof include a benzene ring having one free valence and naphthalene. Ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, garland, slightly tetraphenyl ring, ring, benzofluorene ring, ring ring, extended triphenyl ring, anthracene ring, fluoranthene ring, i ring and the like. Further, the aromatic heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, and is not particularly limited as long as the number of carbon atoms forming the ring is from 3 to 10, and examples thereof include a sigma ring having one free valence. Benzo-α-amyl ring. The thiophene ring, the benzoxe ring, the ° ratio ring, the α ratio α ring, the ° meter σ ring, the σ number two 11 ring, the bud ring, the taste π ring, the η ratio σ 0 m D ring, '^ ratio ρ and ° ratio σ ring, α ratio 并 and α than 咯 ring, α 塞 并 ° ° 17 each ring, D phenophene. The thiophene ring and furan. Pyrrole ring, furan oxime ring, ° phenanthrofuran ring, benzopyrene ring, benzoisoindole α ring, benzopyrene ring, ° bite ring, α ratio D well ring , tower talk ring, D dense bite ring, three talk ring, 喧. Lin Huan, Yi Qi Lin Ring, Jin Lin Ring, 啥σ and other Lin Huan, brown bite ring, benzo flavor. Ring, bite ring, 啥 琳 环 ring, • σ quetalone ring, ring ring and other base. - Adjacent R1 to R6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and thus the ring may have a substituent. In the case where adjacent R1 to R6 are bonded to each other to form a ring, these may be rings which are crosslinked by using a hetero atom. Specific examples of the ring include the following. The rings may have a substituent. 101110090 19 201245131 In terms of chemical stability, as ri~r6, it is preferred that each of them is a hydrogen atom, a carbon number of 可~8 which may have a substituent, or a benzene which may have a substituent The base or the adjacent R1 to R6 are bonded to each other (4), and the carbon number of the substituent is more preferable in terms of improving the heat resistance of the dye and the light resistance of the obtained color filter. The base of the group 8 or a stupid group which may have a substituent. When R to R6 are a group of a carbon number which can have a substituent, it is presumed that the charge in the cation is dispersed by the superconjugation, and the cation is stabilized. Further, in the case where R1 to R64 may have a phenyl group as a substituent, it is presumed that the cation is extended by the extension of the conjugated system, whereby the cation is stabilized. Thus, as a result of the stabilization of the cation, it is considered that the light resistance of the obtained color filter is further improved. The ring formed by bonding the alkyl group, the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, and the adjacent r1 to r6 to each other in R1 to R6 may have a substituent, and examples thereof include the following (substituting group W2). (Substituent group W2) an alkyl group having an inverse number of 1 to 8, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 丨8, an aryl group having a number of 6 to 15, and a carbon number of 2 to 9. An alkylcarbonyloxy group, an arylcarbonyloxy group having 7 to 16 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms, an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 16 carbon atoms, an amine methyl group, and a carbon number of 2 to 9 Alkylamine methyl sulfonyl group, arylamine carbaryl group having a carbon number of 7 to 16, an amine sulfonyl group, an alkylamine fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 88, and an arylamine having a number of 6 to 15 Base, carbon number 2 to 9 alkyl group 101110090 20 201245131 base, carbon number 7~16 aryl carbonyl group, carbon number 〜8 alkyl sulfonyl group, carbon number 1~8 alkyl group a group of an alkyl group having an alkyl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkyl group bonded to an amine group, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. a dialkylamino group, an arylamino group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, an arylalkylamino group bonded with a carbon number of 1 to 4, and a carbon number of 6~ a diarylamine group, a phenethyl group, a hydroxyethyl group, an alkylcarbonylamino group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an arylcarbonylamino group having 7 to 16 carbon atoms, carbon bonded to an aryl group of 15 a dialkylaminoethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a trialkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having a carbon number of -8, and a carbon number of 6 to 4 A dentate atom such as an arylthio group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom. Specific examples of the aryl group in the substituent group W2 include those in the case of Ri to R6 which are referred to as an aromatic ring group. The aryl group may further have a lower alkyl group such as a mercapto group or an ethyl group, a lower alkoxy group such as a decyloxy group or an ethoxy group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, a cyano group, an amine fluorenyl group or an amine sulfonyl group. A halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom is used as a substituent. In the above, the alkyl group, the aromatic ring group and the ring formed by the interconnection in R1 to R6 may have a substituent, and are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Phenyl, fluorenylphenyl, alkylcarbonyloxy having 2 to 9 carbon atoms, amidino group, amine fluorenyl group, alkylamine aragonidin group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, trifluoromethyl group, cyano group, sulfonate Base and fluorine atom. (About R7 and R8) !〇1110090 21 201245131 R7 and R8 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. Examples of the optional substituent include a dentate atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent, and the like. Further, R7 and R8 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In the case where R7 and R8 are bonded to each other to form a ring, these may be rings which are crosslinked by a hetero atom. Specific examples of the ring include the following. The rings may have a substituent. [化10]
(上述中,1112及1122各自獨立地表示氫原子或烧基) 就所獲得之彩色遽光片為藍色、且為南亮度之方面而言, 較佳為R7及R8彼此未相互連結而形成環。 又,上述式(II)中之苯環進而可具有任意之取代基。 作為該苯環可具有之取代基,例如可列舉:上述(取代基 群W2)項中所記載者。 (關於Zml·)(In the above, 1112 and 1122 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a burnt group.) In view of the fact that the obtained color filter sheet is blue and has a south brightness, it is preferable that R7 and R8 are not connected to each other. ring. Further, the benzene ring in the above formula (II) may further have any substituent. The substituent which the benzene ring may have is, for example, the one described in the above (Substituent Group W2). (About Zml·)
ZmN表示ml價陰離子。 作為陰離子’只要無損本發明之效果則並無特別限制,例 如可列舉:F·、Cl·、Br·、Γ等之鹵化物離子; ((:6115)4丑_等之硼陰離子; CH3CO〇-、C2H5COO·、C6H5CO〇·等之羧酸陰離子;s〇42- 101110090 22 201245131 HSCV等硫酸陰離子; ήρο42-、P〇43·等填酸陰離子; 磺酸陰離子等。 作為磺酸陰離子,例如可列舉:三氟曱磺酸、曱磺酸、戊 磺酸、己磺酸、庚磺酸、十二烷磺酸、樟腦磺酸等可具有取 代基之脂肪族續酸陰離子; 苯磺酸、對曱苯磺酸、1-萘磺酸、2-萘磺酸等可具有取代 基之芳香族磺酸陰離子; 酸性藍 80(C.1.61585)、酸性綠 25(C.1.61570)、酸性藍 45(C.I.63010)、酸性藍 43(C.I.63000)、酸性藍 25(C.1.62055)、 酸性藍40(C.1.65125)等具有磺酸基之蒽醌系色素之陰離子; 直接藍86(C.1.74810)、直接藍199(C.I.14190)等具有磺酸 基之酞菁系色素之陰離子; 酸性藍74(C.I.73015)等具有磺酸基之靛藍系色素之陰離 子; 二石黃醯基醯亞胺陰離子等。 其中’較佳為二磺醯基醯亞胺陰離子,上述式(11)所表示 之化合物尤佳為下述式(Π_1)所表示之化合物。 [化 11] 101110090 23 201245131ZmN represents a ml valence anion. The anion 'is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, and examples thereof include halide ions such as F·, Cl·, Br·, and cesium; (a boron anion such as (6160) 4 ugly _; and CH 3 CO 〇 - a carboxylate anion such as C2H5COO·, C6H5CO〇, etc.; s〇42-101110090 22 201245131 a sulfate anion such as HSCV; an acid anion such as ήρο42-, P〇43·; a sulfonic acid anion, etc. As a sulfonic acid anion, for example Listed: trifluorosulfonium sulfonic acid, hydrazine sulfonic acid, pentanesulfonic acid, hexanesulfonic acid, heptanesulfonic acid, dodecanesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid and the like aliphatic aliphatic acid anion; benzenesulfonic acid, An aromatic sulfonic acid anion which may have a substituent such as toluenesulfonic acid, 1-naphthalenesulfonic acid or 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid; Acid Blue 80 (C.1.61585), Acid Green 25 (C.1.61570), Acid Blue 45 ( CI63010), Acid Blue 43 (CI63000), Acid Blue 25 (C.1.62055), Acid Blue 40 (C.1.65125), etc. Anion of lanthanide pigment with sulfonic acid group; Direct Blue 86 (C.1.74810) An anion of a phthalocyanine-based pigment having a sulfonic acid group such as Direct Blue 199 (CI14190); a sulfonic acid having an acid blue 74 (CI73015) or the like An anion of the indigo dye; a diterpenoid, an anthracene anion, etc. wherein 'preferably a disulfonyl quinone imine anion, the compound represented by the above formula (11) is preferably represented by the following formula (Π_1) Compound. [11] 101110090 23 201245131
(式中,R1〜R8與上述式(II)中之R1〜R8意義相同。 R21及R22各自獨立地表示可具有取代基之碳數1〜8之烧 基、可具有取代基之碳數2〜6之烯基、或可具有取代基之 石炭數3'^^8之壞院基。 再者,R21及R22可相互鍵結而形成環) (關於R21及R22) R21及R22各自獨立地表示可具有取代基之碳數1〜8之烧 基、可具有取代基之碳數2〜6之稀基、或可具有取代基之 碳數3〜8之壞院基。 再者,R21及R22可相互鍵結而形成環。 作為該取代基,可列舉:上述(取代基群W2)項中所f己載 者。 該等之中,尤其是作為R21及R22中之烷基、烯基或環烧 基所具有之取代基,就陰離子之電荷進一步非定域化、色材 之耐熱性提高之方面而言,較佳為具有氟原子作為取代基。 即,就陰離子之電荷經分散、陰離子穩定化之方面而言, R21及R22較佳為碳數1〜8之全氟烷基。 101110090 24 201245131 更具體而言,上述式(II)所表示之化合物中之 [化 12] Ο 〇 R21-S—N—S—R22 6 6 所表示之陰離子(以下有稱作「上述式(II)所表示之化合物中 之陰離子」之情形)更佳為下述式(ΙΓ-l)所表示之化合物。 [化 13] 螬 Ο 0 F2n+1Cn 一 I—N—S—Cn,F2n_+i Ο Ο (I r -1) (上述式(ΙΓ-l)中,η及η'各自獨立地表示1〜8之整數) η及η'通常為1〜8之整數,較佳為1〜4之整數。 η及η'可相同亦可不同。 作為η與η'相同之情形之磺醯基醯亞胺陰離子之具體 ' 例,可列舉:雙(三氟曱磺酸)醯亞胺、雙(五氟丁磺酸)醯亞 . 胺等。 作為η與i不同之情形之磺醯基醯亞胺陰離子之具體 例,可列舉:五氟乙磺酸三氟曱磺酸醯亞胺、三氟曱磺酸七 氟丙續酸醯亞胺、氣丁續酸三II曱續酸醯亞胺等。 上述之中,就陰離子最穩定化之理由而言,尤佳為η = η’ =2之雙(五氟乙磺酸)醯亞胺。 另一方面,R11及R12可相互鍵結而形成環。 於形成環之情形時,R11及R12尤佳為碳數2〜12之氟伸 101110090 25 201245131 烧基。 即,上述式(π-l)所表示之化合物中之陰離子更佳為下述 式(ΙΓ-2)所表示之陰離子。 [化 14](wherein R1 to R8 have the same meanings as R1 to R8 in the above formula (II). R21 and R22 each independently represent a carbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and a carbon number which may have a substituent 2 Alkenyl group of hexamethylene or hexamethylene having a substituent of 3'^^8. Further, R21 and R22 may be bonded to each other to form a ring) (About R21 and R22) R21 and R22 are independently A group having a carbon number of 1 to 8 which may have a substituent, a dilute group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a bad group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Further, R21 and R22 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned (substituent group W2). Among these, in particular, as a substituent which the alkyl group, the alkenyl group or the cycloalkyl group in R21 and R22 has, the charge of the anion is further delocalized, and the heat resistance of the color material is improved. It is preferred to have a fluorine atom as a substituent. That is, R21 and R22 are preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in terms of dispersion of an anion charge and stabilization of anion. 101110090 24 201245131 More specifically, the anion represented by the compound represented by the above formula (II) is a compound represented by the formula (II12) 21 〇 R21-S-N-S-R22 6 6 (hereinafter referred to as "the above formula (II) The case of the anion "in the compound represented by the compound" is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (ΙΓ-l).化 0 F2n+1Cn - I - N - S - Cn, F2n_ + i Ο Ο (I r -1) (In the above formula (ΙΓ-l), η and η' each independently represent 1~ An integer of 8) η and η' are usually an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4. η and η' may be the same or different. Specific examples of the sulfonyl quinone imine anion in the case where η and η' are the same include bis(trifluoroanthracenesulfonic acid) quinone imine, bis(pentafluorobutanesulfonic acid) ruthenium, and the like. Specific examples of the sulfonyl quinone imine anion in the case where η and i are different include ruthenium trifluorosulfonate sulfonimide, heptafluoropropane sulfonate, Gas butyl acid III II bismuth acid imine and so on. Among the above, for the reason that the anion is most stabilized, bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonic acid) quinone imine having η = η' = 2 is particularly preferable. On the other hand, R11 and R12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In the case of forming a ring, R11 and R12 are particularly preferably those having a carbon number of 2 to 12, 101110090 25 201245131. In other words, the anion in the compound represented by the above formula (?-1) is more preferably an anion represented by the following formula (?-2). [Chem. 14]
(I I* -2) (上述式(ΙΓ-2)中,η"表示2〜12之整數) 就耐熱性之方面而言,η"較佳為2〜8,更佳為3。 ηπ之數越小之分子,立體排斥之影響變得越小,相互作用 可變得更強。即,推測η"越小,陰離子與陽離子之相互作 用變得越大,離子對越穩定化,色材之耐熱性提高。 以下,表示本發明中之式(II)所表示之化合物之較佳之具 體例,但本發明並不限定於該等。 [化合物(II)之具體例] [化 15] 101110090 26 201245131(I I* -2) (In the above formula (ΙΓ-2), η" represents an integer of 2 to 12). From the viewpoint of heat resistance, η " is preferably 2 to 8, more preferably 3. The smaller the number of ηπ molecules, the smaller the effect of steric repulsion becomes, and the interaction becomes stronger. That is, it is presumed that the smaller the η", the larger the interaction between the anion and the cation becomes, the more stable the ion pair is, and the heat resistance of the color material is improved. Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the compound represented by the formula (II) in the present invention are shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [Specific Example of Compound (II)] [Chem. 15] 101110090 26 201245131
101110090 27 201245131 [化 16]101110090 27 201245131 [Chem. 16]
101110090 28 201245131 [化π]101110090 28 201245131 [化π]
厅尤具有耐光性及耐熱性、高穿透率之方面而言,三芳基甲 烧系染料更佳為下述式㈣所表示之化合物(以下有稱作 「化合物(III)」之情形)。 [化 18]The triaryl carbene dye is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (IV) (hereinafter referred to as "compound (III)"), in terms of light resistance, heat resistance, and high transmittance. [Chem. 18]
m2表乔1〜4之整數。 R11〜R各自獨立地表示氫原子 可具有取代基之碳數1 101110090 29 201245131 〜8之烷基、或可具有取代基之芳香族環基與ri2、r】3 與R14及R15與R16分別可相互鍵結而形成環構造。 R17及R18各自獨立地表示氫原子、或任意之取代基。 及R18亦可相互鍵結而形成環。 又,上述式(III)中之苯環及吲哚環可進而具有任意之取代 基。 再者’於在1分子中包含複數個 [化 19]M2 table Joe 1 to 4 integer. R11 to R each independently represent a carbon atom having a substituent of 1 101110090 29 201245131 to 8 or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent and ri2, r3 and R14, and R15 and R16, respectively. Bonded to each other to form a ring structure. R17 and R18 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. And R18 may also be bonded to each other to form a ring. Further, the benzene ring and the anthracene ring in the above formula (III) may further have any substituent. Furthermore, 'containing a plurality of molecules in one molecule.
之情形時,該等可為相同之構造亦可為不同之構造 (關於R11〜R16) R"〜R16各自獨立地表示氫原子、可具有耳 〜8之烧基、或可具有取代基之料族環基。 作為碳數1〜8之妓及料族環基, 8之烷基、 作為碳數1 可具有取代基之碳數1 ’與上述(關於R1 R6)項中所記載者相同。In the case of the same structure, the same structure may be a different structure (about R11 to R16). R"~R16 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, may have an amine of 8 to 8 or may have a substituent. Family ring base. The carbon number of 8 and the carbon group of 1 and the number of carbon atoms which may have a substituent as the carbon number 1 are the same as those described in the above (for R1 R6).
、R與R14及 R兴κ勿、別;F目互鍵結而形 R1〜R6)項中所記載者相同。 、、,。而形成環構造之情形亦與上述(關於 即 R11 與 Ri2、r13 101110090 201245131 (關於R17及R18) R17及R18表示氫原子、或任意之取代基。作為該任意之 取代基,可列舉:上述Rl〜R6中所記載者。 又,R17及R18^相互連結而形成環。 於R17及R18彼此鍵結而形成環之情形時,該等可為雜原 子交聯而成之環,其具體例與上述(關於R7及R8)項中所記 載者相同。該等環可具有取代基。 就所獲得之彩色濾光片為紫色、且高亮度之方面而言, R7及R8較佳為彼此未相互連結而形成環。 又’就所獲得之衫色〉慮光片為紅色、且高亮度之方面而 言,較佳為相互連結而形成環。 再者’於化合物(III)中’笨環及吲哚環進而可具有取代 基。即’於無損本發明之效果之範圍内,可具有式(IH)中所 明確記載以外之取代基。 作為此種取代基,可列舉:上述(取代基群w2)項中所記 載之取代基。 再者,於式(III)中之苯環中,相對於與位於三芳基次曱基 構造之中央之碳原子之鍵結’若於鄰位上鍵結體積較大之 基’則有損害分子之平面性,化合物之色純度降低之情形。 因此’較佳為於鄰位上不具有取代基,或經鹵素原子、碳數 1〜4之烧基取代。 又,化合物(III)例如可由Rn〜Ru擴展連結子而形成二聚 101110090 31 201245131 物或三聚物等。 (關於式(m-ι)所表示之化合物) 化口物(111)中’尤佳為陰離子為二石黃酿基酿亞胺陰離子, 於上述式(III)中,尤佳為下述式(削)所表示之化合物(以下 有稱作「化合物(ΙΠ-1)」之情形)。 [化 20], R and R14 and R Xing κ, do not; F mesh mutual bond and the same as those described in the items R1 to R6). ,,,. Further, in the case of forming a ring structure, the above-mentioned R1 and Ri2, r13 101110090 201245131 (about R17 and R18), R17 and R18, each represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. Examples of the optional substituent include the above R1. Further, R17 and R18^ are bonded to each other to form a ring. When R17 and R18 are bonded to each other to form a ring, these may be a ring in which a hetero atom is crosslinked, and specific examples thereof The above is the same as that described in the item (for R7 and R8). The ring may have a substituent. In terms of the color filter obtained in a purple color and high brightness, R7 and R8 preferably do not mutually interact with each other. Linking to form a loop. Also, 'in terms of the color of the shirt obtained>, the light-receiving sheet is red, and in terms of high brightness, it is preferable to form a loop by mutual connection. Further, 'in the compound (III), 'stupid ring and The anthracene ring may further have a substituent. That is, it may have a substituent other than those specifically described in the formula (IH) within the range in which the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Examples of such a substituent include the above (substituent group) Substituents described in item w2). In the benzene ring of the formula (III), the bond to the carbon atom at the center of the triaryl sulfhydryl structure is bonded to the base of the larger volume of the ortho-position, and the planarity of the molecule is impaired. The color purity of the compound is lowered. Therefore, it is preferred that the compound has no substituent or is substituted with a halogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 4. Further, the compound (III) can be extended, for example, by Rn to Ru. To form a dimer 101110090 31 201245131 or a trimer, etc. (About the compound represented by the formula (m-ι)) In the sulfonate (111), it is particularly preferred that the anion is a diterpenoid. In the above formula (III), a compound represented by the following formula (cut) is preferably used (hereinafter referred to as "compound (ΙΠ-1)").
(式中,R11〜Ris與上述式(111)中之Rll〜r18相同。 R及R各自獨立地表示可具有取代基之碳數丨〜8之烷 基、可具有取代基之碳數2〜6之烯基、或可具有取代基之 碳數3〜8之環烷基。 再者,R及R32可相互鍵結而形成環) (關於R31及R32) R及R 2各自獨立地表示可具有取代基之碳數1〜8之烷 基可具有取代基之碳數2〜6之婦基、或可具有取代基之 碳數3〜8之環烷基。 再者,R31及R32可相互鍵結而形成環。 R31及R32與上述式(Π-1)中之RU及R22相同,較佳之態樣 10Π10090 32 201245131 亦相同。 即,上述式(III -1)所表示之陰離子更佳為上述式(ΙΓ-l)或 (ΙΓ-2)所表示之陰離子。 以下,表示本發明中之式(III)所表示之化合物之較佳之具 體例,但本發明並不限定於該等。 .[化合物(III)之具體例] [化 21](wherein R11 to Ris are the same as R11 to r18 in the above formula (111). R and R each independently represent an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨~8 which may have a substituent, and a carbon number which may have a substituent of 2~ An alkenyl group of 6 or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Further, R and R32 may be bonded to each other to form a ring) (About R31 and R32) R and R 2 each independently represent The alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms having a substituent may have a substituent having a carbon number of 2 to 6 or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Further, R31 and R32 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. R31 and R32 are the same as RU and R22 in the above formula (Π-1), and the preferred aspect is also the same as 10Π10090 32 201245131. That is, the anion represented by the above formula (III-1) is more preferably an anion represented by the above formula (ΙΓ-1) or (ΙΓ-2). Hereinafter, preferred examples of the compound represented by the formula (III) in the present invention are shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [Specific Example of Compound (III)] [Chem. 21]
101110090 33 201245131 [化 22]101110090 33 201245131 [Chem. 22]
一 j所獲狀像素之亮度高、且電壓保持率高之方面而言, 二芳基曱烧系染料更佳為下述式(IV)所表示之化合物(以下 有稱作「化合物(IV)」之情形)。 [化 23]The diaryl stilbene dye is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (IV) (hereinafter referred to as "compound (IV)) in terms of high luminance and high voltage holding ratio. "The situation". [Chem. 23]
(上述式中 R〜R46各自獨立地表示氫原子、可具有取代基之烧基、 或可具有取代基之芳香族環基。 鄰接之R41〜R46彼此可連結而形成環,該環可具有取代 基。 101110090 34 201245131 R47及R48f自獨立地表示氫原子、或任意之取代基。 可相互連結而形成環,該環可具有取代基。 基。’咳(IV)令之苯環及°引嗓環進而可具有任意之取代 A離子、驗金屬陽離子、驗土類金屬陽、: 級銨陽離子或四級銨陽離子。 — η表示0〜4之整數)(關於R4I〜R46) R41〜R46各自獨立妯矣-> 合目獨立地表不氣原子、可具有取代基之烧基、 或可具有取代基之芳香族環基。 作為可八有取代基之烧基及可具有取代基之芳香族環 基,可列舉:上述(關於R1〜R6)項中所記載者。 就提高化合物(IV)之耐熱性、所獲得之彩色濾光片之耐熱 性優異之方面而言’更佳為可具有取代基之碳數卜8之炫 基或可具有取代基之碳數6〜1〇之芳香族烴環基 ,進而更佳 為碳數1〜8之烷基或可具有取代基之苯基。 於R〜R之至少一個為可具有取代基之碳數1〜8之烷 基之情形時,推測藉由超共軛,陽離子内之電荷分散,陽離 子穩定化者。 又’於R41〜R46之至少一個為可具有取代基之碳數6〜10 之芳香族烴基之情形時,由於共軛系延長,故而陽離子内之 電荷分散,陽離子穩定化。如此,可認為陽離子穩定化之結 果使所獲得之彩色滤光片之耐熱性變得更優異。 101110090 35 201245131 卩R R &佳為可具有取代基之碳數1〜8之院基或 可具有取代基之碳數6〜10之芳香族烴基。 作為R R中之烧基、芳香族環基及相互連結所形成 之環可具有之取代基,例如可列舉:上述(取代基群w2)中 之者。 (關於R47及R48) R及R48表示氫原子、或任意之取代基。作為該任意之 取代基,例如可列舉:齒素原子、可具有取代基之碳數 8之烷基、可具有取代基之芳香族環基等。 關於尺47及R48 ’與上述(關於R17及R18)項中所記載者相 同。較佳之態樣亦相同。 (關於M+及η) Μ表示氫離子、鹼金屬陽離子、鹼土類金屬陽離子、三 級銨陽離子或四級錄陽離子。 作為驗金屬陽離子之驗金屬,可列舉:鐘、納、卸等。又, 作為鹼土類金屬陽離子之鹼土類金屬,可列舉:鎂、鈣、鋇 等。 二級銨陽離子係以n+hr3(r表示氫原子、可具有取代基 之院基、或可具有取代基之芳香族環基。再者,所包含之複 數個R可相同亦可不同)表示。 上述R中之該烷基之較佳之碳數、可具有之取代基之例 與上述R41〜r46之烷基之情形中所例示者相同。該芳香族 101110090 36 201245131 環基之較佳之碳數、可具有之取代基之例與上述"丨〜反46 之芳香族環基之情形中所例示者相同。具體而言,可列舉: 碳數1〜6之低級烷基銨陽離子(例如曱基銨陽離子'乙基銨 陽離子、二乙基銨陽離子、三乙基銨陽離子等)、經羥基置 換之石反數1〜6之院基敍陽離子(例如乙醇録陽離子、二乙醇 銨陽離子、三乙醇銨陽離子等)、經羧基置換之碳數丨〜6之 烷基銨陽離子(例如羧基曱基銨陽離子、羧基乙基銨陽離 子、羧基丙基銨陽離子、二羧基曱基銨陽離子等)、經芳香 族環基與烧基置換之銨陽離子(例如N,N-二乙基苯基錄陽離 子等)等。 四級銨陽離子係以N+R4表示,R表示可具有取代基之院 基、或可具有取代基之芳香族環基。再者,所包含之複數個 R可相同亦可不同。該烷基之較佳之碳數、可具有之取代基 之例與上述R1〜R6之烷基之情形中所例示者相同。該芳香 族環基之較佳之碳數、可具有之取代基之例與上述Ri〜R6 之芳香族環基之情形中所例示者相同。 具體而言,可列舉:碳數1〜6之四級烷基銨陽離子(例如 四曱基銨陽離子、四乙基銨陽離子、四丁基錄陽離子等)等。 再者,M+之陽離子之種類不限於丨種,可混合有複數種。 又,可於化合物之一分子内混合有複數種’亦可於著色樹脂 組成物中混合有複數種。 作為M+之較佳者,就於著色樹脂組成物中所使用之有機 101110090 37 201245131 溶劑中之溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為氫離子、鹼金⑽離 子、三賴陽離子、四級録陽離子,更佳為崎離子、納陽 Μ 子 '四τ基㈣離子。 η表示0〜4之整數。 η越大,化合物(IV)經越多之親水性基之縣取代,耐執 性、财紐提高,化合師V)於疏雜之液晶巾之溶解性亦 降低,因此電壓肺率亦提高,就於著色樹脂組成物中所使 用之有機溶射之溶解性高之方面而言,較佳為〇〜2。 [關於式(IV-1)所表示之化合物] 就藉由用於彩色遽光片中而使所獲得之像素之色純度及 穿透率優異之方面而言,本發明中之化合物(Ιν)較佳 式σν·υ所表示之化合物(以下有稱作「化合轉^ 形」。 [化 24](In the above formula, R to R46 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. The adjacent R41 to R46 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substitution. 101110090 34 201245131 R47 and R48f independently represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. They may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. The group c. (c) (IV) benzene ring and 嗓The ring may in turn have any substituted A ion, metal cation, soil test metal cation, ammonium cation or quaternary ammonium cation. — η represents an integer from 0 to 4 (for R4I to R46) R41 to R46 are each independently妯矣-> The individual is independently a gas atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. The alkyl group which may have a substituent and the aromatic ring group which may have a substituent include those described in the above (for R1 to R6). In terms of improving the heat resistance of the compound (IV) and the heat resistance of the obtained color filter, it is more preferably a carbon number which may have a substituent or a carbon number which may have a substituent. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group of ~1〇, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a phenyl group which may have a substituent. In the case where at least one of R to R is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, it is presumed that the charge in the cation is dispersed by the superconjugation, and the cation is stabilized. Further, when at least one of R41 to R46 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, since the conjugated system is elongated, the charge in the cation is dispersed and the cation is stabilized. Thus, it is considered that the result of the cation stabilization makes the heat resistance of the obtained color filter more excellent. 101110090 35 201245131 卩R R & preferably is a substituent having a carbon number of 1 to 8 of a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 to 10 which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent which may be contained in the ring formed by the alkyl group, the aromatic ring group and the interconnection in R R include, for example, the above (substituent group w2). (About R47 and R48) R and R48 represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. Examples of the optional substituent include a dentate atom, an alkyl group having a carbon number of 8 which may have a substituent, an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent, and the like. The rulers 47 and R48' are the same as those described in the above (for R17 and R18). The preferred aspect is also the same. (About M+ and η) Μ represents a hydrogen ion, an alkali metal cation, an alkaline earth metal cation, a tertiary ammonium cation or a quaternary cation. As the metal for the metal cation, there are mentioned, for example, a clock, a nano, a discharge, and the like. Further, examples of the alkaline earth metal as the alkaline earth metal cation include magnesium, calcium, barium, and the like. The secondary ammonium cation is n+hr3 (r represents a hydrogen atom, a substituent group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. Further, a plurality of Rs may be the same or different) . The preferred carbon number of the alkyl group in the above R, and examples of the substituent which may be present, are the same as those exemplified in the case of the alkyl group of the above R41 to r46. The aromatic 101110090 36 201245131 preferred carbon number of the cyclic group, and examples of the substituent which may be present, are the same as those exemplified in the case of the above-mentioned aromatic ring group of "丨~#46. Specific examples thereof include a lower alkylammonium cation having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (for example, a mercapto ammonium cation 'ethyl ammonium cation, a diethyl ammonium cation, a triethyl ammonium cation, etc.), and a stone substituted by a hydroxyl group. a number of 1-6 cations (such as ethanol cations, diethanolammonium cations, triethanolammonium cations, etc.), substituted by a carboxyl group, carbon number 丨 ~ 6 alkyl ammonium cations (such as carboxyl sulfonium ammonium cation, carboxyl An ethylammonium cation, a carboxypropylammonium cation, a dicarboxydecylammonium cation, or the like, an ammonium cation (for example, N,N-diethylphenyl cation, etc.) substituted with an aromatic ring group and an alkyl group. The quaternary ammonium cation is represented by N+R4, and R represents a group which may have a substituent or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. Furthermore, the plurality of Rs included may be the same or different. The preferred carbon number of the alkyl group and the substituent which may be present are the same as those exemplified in the case of the alkyl group of the above R1 to R6. The preferred carbon number of the aromatic ring group and the substituent which may be present are the same as those exemplified in the case of the above aromatic ring group of Ri to R6. Specific examples thereof include a quaternary ammonium alkyl cation having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (e.g., a tetradecyl ammonium cation, a tetraethylammonium cation, a tetrabutyl cation, etc.). Further, the type of the cation of M+ is not limited to the species, and a plurality of species may be mixed. Further, a plurality of kinds may be mixed in one molecule of the compound, or a plurality of kinds may be mixed in the colored resin composition. Preferred as M+, from the viewpoint of solubility in the solvent of the organic 101110090 37 201245131 used in the colored resin composition, hydrogen ions, alkali gold (10) ions, trilysine cations, and quaternary cations are preferred. More preferably, it is a zirconium ion and a nanometer scorpion 'four τ base (tetra) ion. η represents an integer of 0 to 4. The larger the η, the more the compound (IV) is replaced by the county with more hydrophilic groups, the resistance and the financial strength are improved, and the solubility of the compounder V) in the noisy liquid crystal towel is also lowered, so the voltage lung rate is also improved. It is preferably 〇2 in terms of high solubility of the organic solvent used in the colored resin composition. [About the compound represented by the formula (IV-1)] The compound (Ιν) of the present invention is excellent in color purity and transmittance of the obtained pixel by use in a color calendering sheet. The compound represented by the preferred formula σν·υ (hereinafter referred to as "combination conversion shape". [Chem. 24]
(上述式中 (IV — 1) R R各自獨立地表錢好、可具有取代基之烧基、 或可具有取代基之芳香族環基。 101110090 38 201245131 鄰接之R51〜R56彼此可連結而形成環,該環可具有取代 基。 R57及R58各自獨立地表示氫原子、或任意之取代基。 R57及R58可相互連結而形成環,該環可具有取代基。 又,上述式(IV-1)中之苯環及吲哚環進而可具有任意之取 代基) 再者,上述式(IV-1)中所表示之SO,基表示取代吲哚環中 任一之碳。又,於上述式(IV-1)中之苯環、及下述說明之R11 〜R18經磺基取代之情形時,該磺基可與上述式(IV)中所表 示之M+形成鹽。 (關於R51〜R56) R51〜R56分別與化合物(IV)中之R41〜R46意義相同。具體 例及較佳之態樣亦相同。 (關於R57及R58) R57及R58分別與化合物(IV)中之R47及R48意義相同。具 體例及較佳之態樣亦相同。 [關於式(IV-2)所表示之化合物] 就藉由用於彩色濾光片中而使所獲得之像素之色純度及 穿透率優異之方面而言,本發明之化合物(IV)較佳為下述式 (IV-2)所表示之化合物(以下有稱作「化合物(IV-2)」之情形)。 [化 25] 101110090 39 201245131(In the above formula, (IV-1) RR each independently represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. 101110090 38 201245131 Adjacent R51 to R56 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, The ring may have a substituent. R57 and R58 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. R57 and R58 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. Further, in the above formula (IV-1) The benzene ring and the anthracene ring may further have any substituent. Further, the SO group represented by the above formula (IV-1) represents a carbon of any one of the substituted anthracene rings. Further, in the case where the benzene ring in the above formula (IV-1) and R11 to R18 described below are substituted with a sulfo group, the sulfo group may form a salt with M+ represented by the above formula (IV). (About R51 to R56) R51 to R56 have the same meanings as R41 to R46 in the compound (IV), respectively. The specific examples and preferred aspects are also the same. (About R57 and R58) R57 and R58 have the same meanings as R47 and R48 in the compound (IV), respectively. The same is true for the specific and preferred aspects. [About the compound represented by the formula (IV-2)] The compound (IV) of the present invention is superior in terms of color purity and transmittance of the obtained pixel by use in a color filter. It is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (IV-2) (hereinafter referred to as "compound (IV-2)"). [Chem. 25] 101110090 39 201245131
R63 、R84 (I V-2) R〜R65各自獨立地表示氫原子、 或可具有取代基之芳香族環基。具有取代基之炫基、 鄰接之R61〜R65彼此可連結 基。 心成,該環可具有取代 R及H68各自獨立地表示氫原子、 R67^ R68-tj: 或任思之取代基。 Q二ΙΓ連結而形成環,該環可具有取代基。 Q表不選自由可具有取代基之2價芳香族環基、可見有 =代基之2價脂_烴基、可具有取代基之2價脂肪族雜環 …0·、|、所組成之群中之i個基,或者 2以上§亥4基鍵結而成之基。 又,上述式(IV-2)中之苯環及十朵環進而可任 代基) 於上述式(IV_2)中之苯環、啊環、q2、下述說明之r6i 〜R65及R67及R68經確基取代之情形時,該續基可與上述式 (Iv)中所表示之M+形成鹽。 (關於R61〜R65) 101110090 201245131 R61〜R65分別與化合物(IV)中之R41〜R45意義相同。 具體例及較佳之態樣亦相同。 (關於R67及R68) R67及R68分別與化合物(IV)中之R47及R48意義相同。具 體例及較佳之態樣亦相同。 (關於Q2) Q2表示選自由可具有取代基之2價芳香族環基、可具有 取代基之2價脂肪族烴基、可具有取代基之2價脂肪族雜環 基、-C(=0)-、-0-、-S-、-NH-所組成之群中之1個基,或者 2以上該等基鍵結而成之基。 作為該2價芳香族環基,可列舉:於上述(關於R51〜R56) 項中所記載之具有1個自由價之芳香族環中,具有2個自由 價、且碳數為2〜14之基。作為該等基可具有之取代基,例 如可列舉:上述(取代基群W2)中之者。 作為該2價脂肪族烴基,可列舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀 之脂肪族烴基,其碳數通常為1以上,且通常8以下,較佳 為6以下。具體而言,可列舉:碳數1〜8之伸烷基、環戊 二基、環己二基等。作為該等基可具有之取代基,例如可列 舉:上述(取代基群W2)中之者。 作為該2價脂肪族雜環基,例如可列舉:哌啶基、吡咯啶 基、咪唾咬基、η比峻。定基、旅讲基、味琳基、吲D朵淋基、異 吲哚啉基等。作為該等基可具有之取代基,例如可列舉:上 101110090 41 201245131 述(取代基群w2)中之者。 [關於式(IV-3)所表示之化合物) 就藉由用於彩色濾光片中而使所獲得之像素之色純度及 穿透率優異之方面而言,本發明之化合物(IV)較佳為下述式 (IV-3)所表示之化合物(以下有稱作「本發明之化合物(IV-3)」 之情形)。 [化 26]R63 and R84 (I V-2) R to R65 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. The leuco group having a substituent and the adjacent R61 to R65 may be bonded to each other. The core may have a substituent. R and H68 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituent of R67^R68-tj: or any of them. The Q oxime is bonded to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. The Q table is not selected from the group consisting of a divalent aromatic ring group which may have a substituent, a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aliphatic heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent, 0·, | The base of i, or the base of 2 or more. Further, the benzene ring and the ten ring in the above formula (IV-2) may further comprise a phenyl ring, an a ring, a q2 in the above formula (IV-2), and r6i to R65 and R67 and R68 described below. In the case of a base substitution, the contig may form a salt with M+ represented by the above formula (Iv). (About R61 to R65) 101110090 201245131 R61 to R65 have the same meanings as R41 to R45 in the compound (IV), respectively. The specific examples and preferred aspects are also the same. (About R67 and R68) R67 and R68 have the same meanings as R47 and R48 in the compound (IV), respectively. The same is true for the specific and preferred aspects. (About Q2) Q2 represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group selected from a divalent aromatic ring group which may have a substituent, a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, -C(=0) One of the groups consisting of -, -0-, -S-, -NH-, or a group of two or more of these groups bonded. The divalent aromatic ring group may have two free valences and a carbon number of 2 to 14 in the aromatic ring having one free valence described in the above (in the case of R51 to R56). base. The substituent which the base group may have, for example, the above (substituent group W2). The divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group may, for example, be a linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and the carbon number thereof is usually 1 or more, and usually 8 or less, preferably 6 or less. Specific examples thereof include an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cyclopentadienyl group, and a cyclohexanediyl group. As the substituent which the group may have, for example, the above (substituent group W2) may be mentioned. Examples of the divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group include a piperidinyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, a imipenem group, and an η ratio. Dingji, brigade base, Weilinji, 吲D shower base, isoporphyrinyl and so on. The substituent which the base group may have is, for example, one of the above (substituent group w2): 101110090 41 201245131. [About the compound represented by the formula (IV-3)] The compound (IV) of the present invention is superior in terms of color purity and transmittance of the obtained pixel by use in a color filter. It is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (IV-3) (hereinafter referred to as "the compound (IV-3) of the present invention"). [Chem. 26]
(上述式中 R71〜R73及R75〜R76各自獨立地表示氫原子、可具有取代 基之烷基、或可具有取代基之芳香族環基。 Q3表示選自由可具有取代基之2價芳香族環基、可具有 取代基之2價脂肪族烴基、可具有取代基之2價脂肪族雜環 基、-C(=0)-、-0-、-S_、-NH-所組成之群中之1個基,或者 2以上該等基鍵結而成之基。 鄰接之R71與R72、R73與Q3及R75與R76彼此可連結而形 成環,該環可具有取代基。 R77及R78各自獨立地表示氫原子、或任意之取代基。 101110090 42 201245131 R及R可相互連結而形成環,該環可具有取代基。 又,上述式(IV-3)中之笨環及0弓卜朵環進而可具有任意之取 代基) 於上述式(IV-3)中之笨環、叫卜朵環、下述說明之q3、汉71 〜R 5及R77〜R78㈣基取代之情形時,該縣可與上述式 (IV)中表示之M+形成鹽。 (關於 R71 〜R73、R75、R76) R71〜R73、R75、R76分別與化合物(Iv)中之r4丨〜r43、r45、 R意義相同。具體例及較佳之態樣亦相同。 (關於R77及R78) R77及R78分別與化合物(Iv)中之R47〜R48意義相同。 具體例及較佳之態樣亦相同。 (關於Q3) Q表7F選自由可具有取代基之2價芳香族環基、可具有 取代基之2價脂肪族烴基、可具有取代基之2價脂肪族雜環 基、-C(=〇)…s-、-NH-所組成之群中之!個基,或者 2以上該等基鍵結而成之基。 作為該2價芳香族環基,可列舉:於上述(關於r5〗〜r56) 項中所記栽之具有1個自由價之芳香族環中,具有2個自由 價、且碳數為2〜Η之基。作為該等基可具有之取代基,例 如可列舉:上述(取代基群W2)中之者β 作為該2價脂肪族烴基,可列舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀 43 101110090 201245131 之脂肪族煙基’其碳數通常為1以上,且通常8以下,較佳 為6以下。具體而言’可列舉:碳數1〜8之伸絲、環戊 二基、環己二基等。作為該等基可具有之取代基,例如可列 舉:上述(取代基群W2)中之者。 作為該2價脂肪族雜提甘 矢雜%基,例如可列舉:哌啶基、吡咯啶 基、咪唑啶基、IJ比唑 主疋基、哌讲基、咮啉基、吲哚啉基、異 吲哚啉基等。作為該耸萁 、 豕寺基可具有之取代基,例如可列舉··上 述(取代基群W2)令之者。 [分子量] 本發月之化σ物㈣之分子量通常為漏以上較佳為 6〇0以上又通吊為5000以下,較佳為2000以下。 若在上述範圍内,則就於溶劑中之溶解性良好且易於製造 之方面而言較佳。 、下表丁本發明之化合物(Ιν)之較佳之具體例 ,但本發 明並不限定於該等。 [化合物(IV)之具體例] [化 27] 101110090 201245131(In the above formula, R71 to R73 and R75 to R76 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. Q3 represents a divalent aromatic group selected from the group which may have a substituent. a group consisting of a cyclic group, a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, -C(=0)-, -0-, -S_, -NH- One of the groups, or a group of two or more of these groups bonded. The adjacent R71 and R72, R73 and Q3, and R75 and R76 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. R77 and R78 are each independently The ground represents a hydrogen atom or an arbitrary substituent. 101110090 42 201245131 R and R may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent. Further, the ring of the formula (IV-3) and the ring of 0 bow Further, in the case of the above-mentioned formula (IV-3), the stupid ring, the called ring, the following description q3, the Han 71 to R 5 and the R77 to R78 (four) base, the county may A salt is formed with M+ represented by the above formula (IV). (About R71 to R73, R75, and R76) R71 to R73, R75, and R76 have the same meanings as r4丨 to r43, r45, and R in the compound (Iv), respectively. The specific examples and preferred aspects are also the same. (About R77 and R78) R77 and R78 have the same meanings as R47 to R48 in the compound (Iv), respectively. The specific examples and preferred aspects are also the same. (Regarding Q3) Q Table 7F is selected from a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, -C(=〇 )...the group of s-, -NH-! a group, or a group of 2 or more such groups. Examples of the divalent aromatic ring group include an aromatic ring having one free valence recorded in the above (in respect to r5 to r56), and having two free valencies and a carbon number of 2 〜 The base of Η. Examples of the substituent which the group may have include, for example, the above-mentioned (substituent group W2) β as the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and examples thereof include a linear chain, a branched chain or a ring 43 101110090 201245131. The aliphatic nicotyl group has a carbon number of usually 1 or more, and usually 8 or less, preferably 6 or less. Specific examples thereof include a stretched wire having a carbon number of 1 to 8, a cyclopentadienyl group, a cyclohexanediyl group, and the like. As the substituent which the group may have, for example, the above (substituent group W2) may be mentioned. Examples of the divalent aliphatic heteropolyglycan group include a piperidinyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, an imidazolidinyl group, an IJ-pyrazole main group, a piperidinyl group, a porphyrin group, a porphyrin group, and the like. Isoxalinyl and the like. Examples of the substituent which the base group and the temple group can have are the above-mentioned (substituent group W2). [Molecular weight] The molecular weight of the yttrium compound (4) in the present month is usually more than 6 〇 0 or more and more preferably 5,000 or less, and preferably 2,000 or less. When it is in the above range, it is preferable in terms of good solubility in a solvent and ease of production. Further, preferred examples of the compound (Ιν) of the present invention are shown in the following Table, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [Specific Example of Compound (IV)] [Chem. 27] 101110090 201245131
101110090 45 201245131 [化 28]101110090 45 201245131 [Chem. 28]
101110090 46 201245131 [化 29]101110090 46 201245131 [化29]
101110090 47 201245131 [化 30]101110090 47 201245131 [Chem. 30]
101110090 48 * 201245131 [化 31]101110090 48 * 201245131 [化31]
ΑχΛ Ax AΑχΛ Ax A
SwS '3ft 's^SwS '3ft 's^
i?a,aHOk ^y^xxX'tx jyxxa^k 〇~^x〇^. 101110090 49 201245131 [化 32]i?a, aHOk ^y^xxX'tx jyxxa^k 〇~^x〇^. 101110090 49 201245131 [化32]
^ιχ.σ^χ^ιχ.σ^χ
xxjaxc djxy" .a^tx χ^χχα^ l,^xx.cr,cccuXxjaxc djxy" .a^tx χ^χχα^ l,^xx.cr,cccu
101110090 50 201245131 [化 33]101110090 50 201245131 [Chem. 33]
101110090 51 201245131 [化 34]101110090 51 201245131 [Chem. 34]
101110090 52 201245131 [化 35]101110090 52 201245131 [化35]
V3CHV3CH
Όί〇Ψ〇Ό ^C^O^oO ^'OyoO 0¾^ 0¾.. o-by^u O-tO G<O ^χχ,^χχτΌί〇Ψ〇Ό ^C^O^oO ^'OyoO 03⁄4^ 03⁄4.. o-by^u O-tO G<O ^χχ,^χχτ
101110090 53 201245131 [化 36]101110090 53 201245131 [Chemistry 36]
101110090 54 201245131 [化 37]101110090 54 201245131 [化37]
上述化合物(II)〜(IV)可依據例如 J.Chem.Soc.,PerkinTrans. 1998,2,297.,國際公開第 2006/120205號,「總說合成染料」(堀口博著,三共出版, 1968年)中所記載之方法而合成。 (三芳基曱烷系染料:關於式(V)所表示之化合物) [化 38] 101110090 55 201245131The above compounds (II) to (IV) can be, for example, according to J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 1998, 2, 297., International Publication No. 2006/120205, "Total Synthetic Dyes" (Sakaguchi, Sankyo Publishing, 1968) The method described in the method is synthesized. (triaryl decane dye: compound represented by formula (V)) [Chem. 38] 101110090 55 201245131
6〜10之芳香族烴基。 T3 b 5 jb — 不,S〇3、-S03H、-S03M、-C02H、-C02Rb6、-S03Rb6、 -S02NHRb8 ^-S〇2NRb8Rb9 〇 m表不〇〜5之整數。於m為2以上之整數之情形時,複 數個R可相同亦可不同。6 to 10 aromatic hydrocarbon groups. T3 b 5 jb — No, S〇3, -S03H, -S03M, -C02H, -C02Rb6, -S03Rb6, -S02NHRb8 ^-S〇2NRb8Rb9 〇 m is not an integer of ~5. In the case where m is an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of Rs may be the same or different.
Rb6表示碳數1〜10之飽和烴基。 及R各自獨立地表示碳數丨〜10之直鏈或分支之燒 基、碳數3〜30之環烷基或。 Q表示碳數6〜10之芳香族烴基或碳數5〜10之芳香族 雜環基。 Μ表示納原子或卸原子。 D表不鹵素原子。a表示〇或丨之整數) (關於Rb6) 作為Rb6,可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、 異丁基、戊基、異戊基、新戊基、環戊基、己基、環己基、 庚基、環庚基、辛基、2-乙基己基、環辛基、壬基、癸基、 三環癸基、甲氧基丙基、乙氧基丙基、己氧基丙基、2_乙基 101110090 56 201245131 己氧基丙基、曱氧基己基、乙氧基丙基等。 作為-SCbR156,可列舉:曱磺醯基、乙磺醯基、己磺醯基、 癸磺醯基等。 作為-C〇2Rb6,可列舉:曱基氧基羰基、乙基氧基羰基、 丙基氧基羰基、異丙基氧基羰基、丁基氧基羰基、異丁基氧 .基羰基、戊基氧基羰基、異戊基氧基羰基、新戊基氧基羰基、 • 環戊基氧基羰基、己基氧基羰基、環己基氧基羰基、庚基氧 基羰基、環庚基氧基羰基、辛基氧基羰基、2_乙基己基氧基 羰基、環辛基氧基羰基、壬基氧基羰基、癸基氧基羰基、三 環癸基氧基羰基、曱氧基丙基氧基羰基、乙氧基丙基氧基羰 基、己氧基丙基氧基幾基、2-乙基己氧基丙基氧基幾基、甲 氧基己基氧基羰基等。 作為-S〇2NHRb8 ’可列舉:胺磺醯基、曱烷胺磺醯基、乙 烧胺績醯基、丙烧胺續醯基、異丙烧胺石黃醯基、丁烧胺續醢 基、異丁烧胺橫醯基、戊烧胺績醯基、異戊烧胺續醯基、新 戊烧胺續醯基、環戊烧胺石黃醯基、己烧胺績醯基、環己烧胺 續醯基、庚烧胺續醯基、環庚烧胺續醯基、辛烧胺確醯基、 2-乙基己烧胺石黃醯基、1,5-二曱基己烧胺續酿基、環辛烧胺 績醯基、壬烧胺績醯基、癸烧胺續醯基、三環癸烧胺續醯基、 曱氧基丙烧胺續臨基、乙氧基丙烧胺續醯基、丙氧基丙烧胺 績酿基、異丙氧基丙烧胺石黃醢基、己氧基丙烧胺石黃醢基、2-乙基己氧基丙烧胺續醢基、曱氧基己烧胺續醯基、3-苯基-1- 101110090 57 201245131 甲基丙烷胺磺醯基等。 作為-S02NHRb8及-S02NRb8Rb9,進而可列舉:下述式所 表示之基。 [化 39]Rb6 represents a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. And R each independently represents a linear or branched alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨10 or a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 30. Q represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms. Μ denotes a nano atom or an atom. D is not a halogen atom. a represents an integer of ruthenium or osmium) (About Rb6) As Rb6, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a pentyl group, an isopentyl group, a neopentyl group, and a ring are exemplified. Pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, cycloheptyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, cyclooctyl, decyl, decyl, tricyclodecyl, methoxypropyl, ethoxypropyl , hexyloxypropyl, 2-ethyl 101110090 56 201245131 hexyloxypropyl, nonyloxyhexyl, ethoxypropyl and the like. Examples of the -SCbR156 include a sulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, a hexylsulfonyl group, and a sulfonyl group. Examples of -C〇2Rb6 include a mercaptooxycarbonyl group, an ethyloxycarbonyl group, a propyloxycarbonyl group, an isopropyloxycarbonyl group, a butyloxycarbonyl group, an isobutyloxycarbonyl group, and a pentyl group. Oxycarbonyl, isopentyloxycarbonyl, neopentyloxycarbonyl, • cyclopentyloxycarbonyl, hexyloxycarbonyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, heptyloxycarbonyl, cycloheptyloxycarbonyl, Octyloxycarbonyl, 2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyl, cyclooctyloxycarbonyl, decyloxycarbonyl, decyloxycarbonyl, tricyclodecyloxycarbonyl, decyloxypropyloxycarbonyl An ethoxypropyloxycarbonyl group, a hexyloxypropyloxy group, a 2-ethylhexyloxypropyloxy group, a methoxyhexyloxycarbonyl group or the like. Examples of -S〇2NHRb8' include: sulfonamide, decylamine sulfonyl, ethionamide, propylamine, isopropyl sulfoxide, butyl sulfoxide, butyl sulfonyl Butyramine sulphate, sulphonate, sulphonate, sulphonate, sulphate, sulphonate, sulphate, sulphate, sulphate, hexamethylene amide Base, heptaniline, sulfhydryl, cycloheptylamine, sulfhydryl, octylamine, 2-ethylhexylamine, ruthenium, 1,5-didecyl hexylamine, cycline Anthraquinone, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, tricyclic hydrazine, hydrazine, methoxy propyl sulfonamide, ethoxypropyl amide, thiol Oxypropenyl amide, isopropoxy propyl sulphate, hexyl propyl sulphate, 2-ethylhexyl propyl propyl hydrazine, decyl hexyl hydride Base, 3-phenyl-1-101110090 57 201245131 Methylpropaneamine sulfonyl group and the like. Further, examples of -S02NHRb8 and -S02NRb8Rb9 include a group represented by the following formula. [化39]
NHs02 HHS〇2 I I [ I I AANis〇2 ^λ^Ν»!ΐ5〇2 -j-ΝΗδΟ, JytiiiS02 >1^^ y^°2 ^Jf^2NHs02 HHS〇2 I I [ I I AANis〇2 ^λ^Ν»!ΐ5〇2 -j-ΝΗδΟ, JytiiiS02 >1^^ y^°2 ^Jf^2
[化 40] * NHSQf H〇〜㈣:丄丄{丄 HO^^NHSOa ,ΝΗ^〇2[化40] * NHSQf H〇~(4):丄丄{丄 HO^^NHSOa ,ΝΗ^〇2
NwOH 〜丄〜丄 CF3CHaNHi〇i CF3(CF2)jCH2Nh1〇2 Jl述式中’ X表TFi素原子。作為χ1中之鹵素原子 列舉:氟原子、氣原子及溴原子。 可 [化 41] 101110090 58 201245131NwOH~丄~丄 CF3CHaNHi〇i CF3(CF2)jCH2Nh1〇2 Jl in the formula 'X-table TFi atom. As the halogen atom in oxime 1, a fluorine atom, a gas atom, and a bromine atom are listed.可化 [41] 101110090 58 201245131
MeO-NHSOz^NH^Oa[4b 42][化 43] 九, NHS〇2 ^°'NHS〇a ^Or^NHSOa ,NHS〇2 /N>s>-^NH®02 o2shnMeO-NHSOz^NH^Oa[4b 42][Chem. 43] Nine, NHS〇2 ^°'NHS〇a ^Or^NHSOa , NHS〇2 /N>s>-^NH®02 o2shn
NHS〇2ύΥ'NHS〇2ύΥ'
K人NH^Oj -^NhIoj C,'^vNHS〇i ^'^''ΝΗ^Οί ?丄2 0Anh“<^Uvnh‘ 〇Λ “ [化 44] 101110090 59 201245131K人NH^Oj -^NhIoj C,'^vNHS〇i ^'^''ΝΗ^Οί ?丄2 0Anh"<^Uvnh‘ 〇Λ " [化 44] 101110090 59 201245131
上述式中,X3表示碳數1〜3之烷基或碳數1〜3之烷氧 基,該烧基及院氧基之氮原子可經鹵素原子取代。 作為可經ii素原子取代之碳數1〜3之烷基,可列舉:甲 基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、全氟甲基等。 作為可經ii素原子取代之碳數1〜3之烷氧基,可列舉: 曱氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基等。 [化 45]In the above formula, X3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and the nitrogen atom of the alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be substituted by a halogen atom. The alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a ii atom may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group or a perfluoromethyl group. Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a ii atom include a decyloxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group and the like. [化45]
101110090 60 201245131 [化 46]101110090 60 201245131 [Chem. 46]
[化 47][化47]
[化 48] .ΝΗΘ〇2 ^ΝΗ^Ρ2 ^NHSOsU ί[化48] .ΝΗΘ〇2 ^ΝΗ^Ρ2 ^NHSOsU ί
NWNW
Ιδ〇2Ιδ〇2
MaO, 丫、OMe FjC OMeMaO, 丫, OMe FjC OMe
NHSO^ OMeNHSO^ OMe
Me ΝΗ^ mlo, nhIo, hA V 0 IS〇2 "NHSQaMe ΝΗ^ mlo, nhIo, hA V 0 IS〇2 "NHSQa
ClCl
nhso2 r^NHSOa 3^' 上述式中,X2表示碳數1〜3之烷基、碳數1〜3之烷氧 基、鹵素原子或硝基,該烧基及烧氧基之氫原子可經ii素原 子取代。 101110090 61 201245131 作為x2中之鹵素原子,可列舉:a原子、氣原子及漠原 子。 作為可經函素原子取代之碳數i〜3之烧基,可列舉:甲 基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、全氟甲基等。 作為可經ii素原子取代之碳數】〜3之烧氧基,可列舉: 曱氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基等。 [化 49]Nhso2 r^NHSOa 3^' In the above formula, X2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halogen atom or a nitro group, and the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be Substituted by a ii atom. 101110090 61 201245131 As the halogen atom in x2, a atom, a gas atom and an amphoteric atom are exemplified. Examples of the alkyl group having a carbon number i to 3 which may be substituted by a functional atom include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a perfluoromethyl group and the like. Examples of the alkoxy group having a carbon number which may be substituted by a ii atom are methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy and the like. [化49]
101110090 62 201245131 [化 51]101110090 62 201245131 [化 51]
I 802I 802
S〇2 HO-^Ν'^ν'ΟΗ 1 S〇2 S^V'O^V'' [化 52]S〇2 HO-^Ν'^ν'ΟΗ 1 S〇2 S^V'O^V'' [Chem. 52]
上述式中,X2表示與上述相同之意。 101110090 63 201245131 [化 54]In the above formula, X2 represents the same meaning as described above. 101110090 63 201245131 [Chem. 54]
[化 55] V>T^X> NHSOi[化55] V>T^X> NHSOi
NHSOjNHSOj
X^XJ IHS〇2 h〇^v^nh^〇2X^XJ IHS〇2 h〇^v^nh^〇2
[化 56][化56]
[化 57] 101110090 64 201245131[化57] 101110090 64 201245131
上述式中,x3表示與上述相同之意。 作為-S〇2NRb8Rb9中所包含之W及Rb9,較佳為碳數“ 8之分枝狀烷基、碳數5〜7之脂環式烷基、烯丙基、笨基、 碳數8〜10之芳烷基、碳數2〜8之含羥基之烷基及芳基嘎 碳數2〜8之含烷氧基之烷基或芳基,尤佳為2_乙基己基。 作為碳數6〜10之芳香族烴基,可列舉:苯基、萘基等。 作為碳數6〜10之芳香族烴基之取代基,較佳為乙基、丙 基、苯基、二曱基苯基、_S〇3Rb6或-S〇2NHRb8。作為可列 作該碳數6〜10之芳香族烴基之取代基之_素原子,可列 舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等。 作為碳數6〜10之芳香族烴基之取代基,較佳為乙基、丙 基、笨基、二甲基苯基、_S〇3Rb6或·8〇2ΝΗΙ^8。 作為具有取代基之碳數6〜10之芳香族煙基,可列舉:甲 基苯基、二甲基苯基、三甲基苯基、乙基苯基、己基笨基、 癸基苯基、I苯基、氯苯基、漠苯基、經基苯基、曱氧基苯 基、二甲氧基苯基、乙氧基苯基、己氧基苯基、癸氧基苯基、 101110090 65 201245131 三氟曱基苯基等。 (化合物(v)之合成方法) 化合物(v)可藉由如下方法製造:例如藉由定法將具有 -S03H之色素或色素中間物氣化,使所獲得之具有-S02C1 之色素或色素中間物與R8-NH2所表示之胺進行反應。又, 亦可藉由如下方法製造:以與上述相同之方式將藉由日本專 利特開平3-78702號公報第3頁之右上欄〜左下攔中所記載 之方法而製造之色素氯化之後,使與胺進行反應。 (具體例) 下述表示化合物(V)之具體例。 [化 58]In the above formula, x3 represents the same meaning as described above. As W and Rb9 contained in -S〇2NRb8Rb9, a branched alkyl group having a carbon number of 8, an alicyclic alkyl group having a carbon number of 5 to 7, an allyl group, a stupid group, and a carbon number of 8 are preferably used. An aralkyl group of 10, a hydroxyl group-containing alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group-containing alkyl group or aryl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2-ethylhexyl group. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group of 6 to 10 include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. The substituent of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a phenyl group or a dinonylphenyl group. _S〇3Rb6 or -S〇2NHRb8. The γ atom which may be a substituent of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms may, for example, be a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom. The substituent of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably ethyl, propyl, strepyl, dimethylphenyl, _S〇3Rb6 or ·8〇2ΝΗΙ^8. As a carbon having 6 to 10 carbon atoms having a substituent Examples of the nicotyl group include methylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, trimethylphenyl, ethylphenyl, hexylphenyl, nonylphenyl, Iphenyl, chlorophenyl, phenyl, and Phenyl, decyloxy, dimethyl Phenylphenyl, ethoxyphenyl, hexyloxyphenyl, decyloxyphenyl, 101110090 65 201245131 trifluoromethylphenyl, etc. (Synthesis of Compound (v)) Compound (v) can be as follows Method for producing: for example, by gasifying a dye or a dye intermediate having -S03H, the obtained dye or dye intermediate having -S02C1 is reacted with an amine represented by R8-NH2. In the same manner as described above, the dye produced by the method described in the right upper column to the lower left barrier of page 3 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 3-78702 is chlorinated, and then reacted with an amine. (Specific Example) The following shows a specific example of the compound (V).
[化 59] 101110090 66 201245131[化59] 101110090 66 201245131
101110090 67 201245131 (菁系染料:關於式(νι)所表示之化合物) 作為菁系染料,就耐熱性及耐光性、穿透率高之方面而 言,尤佳為下述式(VI)所表示之化合物(以下有稱作「化合 物(VI)」之情形)。 [化 61] m3 (ν ϊ ) (式中,Zm3_表示m3價陰離子。 2^3-101110090 67 201245131 (Crystalline dye: a compound represented by the formula (νι)) As a cyanine dye, it is preferably represented by the following formula (VI) in terms of heat resistance, light resistance, and high transmittance. The compound (hereinafter referred to as "compound (VI)"). M3 (ν ϊ ) (wherein, Zm3_ represents an m3 valence anion. 2^3-
Ar1 m3表示1〜4之整數。Ar1 m3 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
Ar1及Ar2各自獨立地表示可具有取代基之含氮雜環基。 q表示1〜5之整數) (關於q) q表示1〜5之整數。 就色材之财熱性之方面而言,q較佳為1〜5,尤佳為1〜 (關於Ar1及Ar2)Ar1 and Ar2 each independently represent a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. q represents an integer of 1 to 5) (About q) q represents an integer of 1 to 5. q is preferably 1 to 5, and particularly preferably 1 to 1 (for Ar1 and Ar2) in terms of the heat of the color material.
Ar1及Ar2各自獨立地表示可具有取代基之含氮雜環基。 作為含氮雜環基,例如可列舉:具有1個自由價之吲°朵 環、苯并吲哚環、假吲哚環、苯并假吲哚環、噚唑環、苯并 坐環、嗟α坐環、苯并B塞唾環、苯并味β坐環或喧琳環等基。 其中,就高亮度之方面而言,較佳為吲哚環、苯并吲哚環、 假吲哚環、苯并假吲哚環,更佳為吲哚環、苯并假吲哚環。 101110090 68 201245131 iM。本二^及^中之含氮雜環可具有之取代基,只要 丙、Π 果則並無特別限制,可列舉:甲基、乙基、 ==、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、 斤戊基、第三戊鱗脂肪族烴基; 苯,、鄰甲苯基、間甲苯基、對甲苯基、二甲苯基、2,4,6_ 二甲未基、鄰異丙苯基、間異丙苯基、對異丙苯基等芳香族 烴基; 甲氧基、6氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、 第一丁氧基、第二丁氧基、戊基氧基等烷氧基; 苯氧基等芳氧基; 苄氧基等芳烷氧基; 甲氧基幾基、乙氧基羰基、丙氧基羰基、乙醯氧基、苯甲 醯氧基等具有酯鍵之基; 曱基胺磺醯基、二甲基胺磺醯基、乙基胺磺醯基、二乙基 胺磺醯基、正丙基胺磺醯基、二-正丙基胺磺醯基、異丙基 胺磺醯基、二異丙基胺磺醯基、正丁基胺磺醯基、二-正丁 基胺磺醯基等烷基胺磺醢基; 曱基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、丙基磺醯基、異丙基磺醯基、 正丁基磺醯基、異丁基磺醯基、第二丁基磺醯基、第三丁基 磺醯基等烷基磺醯基; 氟原子、氣原子、溴原子、碘原子等鹵素原子; 硝基、氰基。 101110090 69 201245131 再者,於上述取代基具有氫原子之情形時,該氫原子可經 例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等鹵素原子;甲氧爲 乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧 基、第二丁氧基、戊基氧基專烧氧基;苯氧基、节氧基等芳 氧基,本基、鄰甲本基、間曱笨基、對甲笨基、-甲苯義 2,4,6-二曱苯基、鄰異丙苯基、間異丙苯基、對異丙笨基等 芳香族烴基;羧基;氰基;硝基等取代。 上述式(VI)所表示之化合物於陽離子部位有順反異構 物,可為任意之異構物。 就提高塗膜之明度、耐熱性之方面而言,上述式(VI)所表 示之化合物更佳為下述式(¥1-1)所表示之化合物。 [化 62]Ar1 and Ar2 each independently represent a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. Examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group include a fluorene ring having one free valence, a benzofluorene ring, a pseudofluorene ring, a benzofluorene ring, a carbazole ring, a benzo ring, and an anthracene. Α-ring, benzo-B-salt ring, benzo-β-ring or 喧-ring ring. Among them, in terms of high brightness, an anthracene ring, a benzofluorene ring, a pseudofluorene ring, a benzofluorene ring, and more preferably an anthracene ring or a benzofluorene ring. 101110090 68 201245131 iM. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring in the present invention may have a substituent as long as it is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methyl group, ethyl group, ==, butyl group, isobutyl group, and second group. Base, tert-butyl, pentyl, pentyl pentyl, third pentose aliphatic hydrocarbon group; benzene, o-tolyl, m-tolyl, p-tolyl, xylyl, 2,4,6-dimethyl unyl An aromatic hydrocarbon group such as isopropylphenyl, m-isopropylphenyl or p-cumyl; methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, Alkoxy group such as monobutoxy group, second butoxy group or pentyloxy group; aryloxy group such as phenoxy group; aralkyloxy group such as benzyloxy group; methoxy group, ethoxycarbonyl group, propoxy group a group having an ester bond such as a carbonyl group, an ethoxylated group or a benzamidine group; a mercaptoamine sulfonyl group, a dimethylamine sulfonyl group, an ethylamine sulfonyl group, a diethylamine sulfonyl group, N-propylamine sulfonyl, bis-n-propylamine sulfonyl, isopropylamine sulfonyl, diisopropylamine sulfonyl, n-butylamine sulfonyl, di-n-butylamine sulfonate Alkylamine sulfonyl group such as fluorenyl; sulfhydryl sulfonyl group, ethyl sulfonate Alkyl sulfonium such as mercapto, propylsulfonyl, isopropylsulfonyl, n-butylsulfonyl, isobutylsulfonyl, t-butylsulfonyl, tert-butylsulfonyl a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a gas atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; a nitro group and a cyano group; 101110090 69 201245131 In the case where the above substituent has a hydrogen atom, the hydrogen atom may pass through a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; methoxy is ethoxy, propoxy or different. Propyloxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, second butoxy, second butoxy, pentyloxy, alkoxy; phenoxy, oxy, etc., aryloxy, base, ortho An aromatic hydrocarbon group such as a methyl group, an anthracene group, a phenyl group, a toluene 2,4,6-diphenyl group, an o-isopropylphenyl group, a m-isopropylphenyl group, a p-isopropylphenyl group; a carboxyl group; a cyano group; a nitro group or the like. The compound represented by the above formula (VI) may be a cis-trans isomer at the cation site, and may be any isomer. The compound represented by the above formula (VI) is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (¥1-1), in terms of improving the brightness and heat resistance of the coating film. [化 62]
(上述式(VI_1)中,n與上述式(VI)中之η意義相同。 R及R各自獨立地表示可具有取代基之碳數1〜2〇 之脂肪族烴基。 R91 及 R92 各自獨立地表示 _〇〜s·、_Ν·、_Se_或-cr9〇3r904_。 R及r9(M各自獨立地表示氫原子 、或碳數1〜6之脂肪 族烴基。 其中,於R91及R92為_CR9〇3R9〇4_之情形時,r9〇3彼此可 101110090 201245131 相互鍵結而形成環。該環可具有取代基。 環Y及Y2各自獨立地表示可具有取代基之苯環、或可具 有取代基之萘環。 R及R各自獨立地表示可具有取代基之碳數1〜8之炫 基、可具有取代基之碳數2〜6之烯基、或可具有取代基之 碳數3〜8之環烷基。 再者,R81及R82可相互鍵結而形成環) (關於 R9G1 及 r902) R9〇l 9〇2 K 各自獨立地表示可具有取代基之碳數1〜20 之脂肪族煙基。 作為月曰肪族烴基,例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、乙烯基、乙 炔基、丙基、s # 異丙基、異丙烯基、1-丙烯基、2-丙烯基、2-丙炔基丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、2-丁烯基、1,3- "7* -— 、rfe 甘 t〇 哎基、異戊基、新戊基、第三戊基、;1_曱基戊基、 2-甲基戊基、9々α μ _ -戊烯-4-炔基、己基、異己基、5-甲基己基、 庚基、辛基。 知肪族烴基可具有之取代基,例如可列舉:苯基、 部甲,基、間甲笨基、對甲苯基、二甲苯基、2,4,6·三甲苯 ▲ #異丙苯基、間異丙苯基、對異丙苯基等料族煙基; 甲氧基、乙备甘 虱基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、 第二丁氧基、筮-^ „ 一丁氧基、戊氧基、苯氧基、苄氧基等烷氧 暴, 101110090 71 201245131 氟基、氣基、漠基、蛾基等_基; 進而,羧基、硝基、氰基。 R9G1及R902分別較佳為碳數1〜8之烷基,更佳為碳數1 〜5之烧基。 (關於R91及R92) R91 及 R92各自獨立地表示-0-、-S-、-N-、-Se-4-CR9()3R904-。 R9G3及R9134各自獨立地表示氫原子、或碳數1〜6之脂肪 族烴基。 其中,於R91及R92為-CR9()3R9()4-之情形時,R903彼此可 相互鍵結而形成環。 作為R91與R92相互鍵結可形成之環之較佳之具體例,例 如可列舉:以下者,但本發明並不限定於該等。 [化 63](In the above formula (VI_1), n has the same meaning as η in the above formula (VI). R and R each independently represent an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. R91 and R92 are each independently _〇~s·, _Ν·, _Se_ or -cr9〇3r904_. R and r9 (M each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Among them, R91 and R92 are _CR9. In the case of 〇3R9〇4_, r9〇3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring with each other. 101110090 201245131. The ring may have a substituent. Rings Y and Y2 each independently represent a benzene ring which may have a substituent, or may have a substitution The naphthalene ring: R and R each independently represent a decyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent of 3 to 6 Further, R81 and R82 may be bonded to each other to form a ring) (About R9G1 and r902) R9〇l 9〇2 K each independently represents an aliphatic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent As the niobium aliphatic hydrocarbon group, for example, methyl, ethyl, vinyl, ethynyl, propyl, s #isopropyl, isopropene , 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-propynylbutyl, isobutyl, second butyl, tert-butyl, 2-butenyl, 1,3- "7* -— Rfe gan t-decyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, third amyl, 1 -decylpentyl, 2-methylpentyl, 9々α μ _-penten-4-ynyl, hexyl , isohexyl, 5-methylhexyl, heptyl, octyl. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a methyl group, a benzyl group, a m-methyl group, a p-tolyl group, and a xylyl group. , 2,4,6·trimethylbenzene ▲ #isopropylphenyl, m-isopropylphenyl, p-cumyl and other groups of nicotine; methoxy, b-glycolyl, propoxy, isopropoxy, Butyloxy, isobutoxy, second butoxy, 筮-^ „ alkoxy storms such as monobutoxy, pentyloxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, 101110090 71 201245131 Fluorine, gas, desert Further, a carboxyl group, a nitro group, and a cyano group. R9G1 and R902 are each preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a carbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. R92) R91 and R92 each independently represent -0-, -S-, -N-, -Se-4-CR9()3R904-. R9G3 and R9 134 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In the case where R91 and R92 are -CR9()3R9()4-, R903 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. A preferred example of the ring in which R91 and R92 are bonded to each other can be exemplified, for example, the following, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [化63]
(關於環Y1及Y勹 環Y1及Y2各自獨立地表示可具有取代基之苯環、或可具 有取代基之萘環。 R9G3及R9Q4中之脂肪族烴基、R91及R92相互鍵結可形成 之環、及環Y1及Y2中之苯環及萘環可具有之取代基,可列 舉:上述R9G1及R9Q2中之脂肪族烴基可具有之取代基。 (關於R81及R82) 101110090 72 201245131 R81及R82各自獨立地表示可具有取代基之碳數1〜8之烷 基、可具有取代基之碳數2〜6之烯基、或可具有取代基之 碳數3〜8之環烷基。 再者,R81及R82可相互鍵結而形成環。 R81及R82與上述式(II-1)中之R21及R22意義相同,較佳之 _ 態樣亦相同。 即,上述式(VI_1)所表示之化合物中之陰離子更佳為上述 式(ΊΓ-1)或(ΙΓ-2)所表示之化合物。 再者,上述式(VI)所表示之化合物可由例如R9G1〜R9Q2及 R91及R92擴展連結子而形成二聚物或三聚物等。 以下,表示本發明中之式(VI)所表示之化合物之較佳之具 體例,但本發明並不限定於該等。 [具體例] ' [化 64] 101110090 73 201245131(The ring Y1 and the Y ring Y1 and Y2 each independently represent a benzene ring which may have a substituent or a naphthalene ring which may have a substituent. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group in R9G3 and R9Q4, and R91 and R92 may be bonded to each other. The benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the ring and the rings Y1 and Y2 may have a substituent, and examples thereof may include a substituent which the aliphatic hydrocarbon group in the above R9G1 and R9Q2 may have. (About R81 and R82) 101110090 72 201245131 R81 and R82 Each of them independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. R81 and R82 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. R81 and R82 have the same meanings as R21 and R22 in the above formula (II-1), and preferably have the same state. That is, the compound represented by the above formula (VI_1) Further, the anion in the above formula is preferably a compound represented by the above formula (ΊΓ-1) or (ΙΓ-2). Further, the compound represented by the above formula (VI) can be formed by, for example, R9G1 to R9Q2 and R91 and R92 extended linkers. Dimer or trimer, etc. Hereinafter, preferred compounds of the formula (VI) in the present invention are shown. Style, but the present invention is not limited to such. [Specific Example] '[of 64] 101 110 090 73 201 245 131
於本發明之著色樹脂組成物為紅色像素形成用之著色樹 脂組成物或綠色像素形成用之著色樹脂組成物之情形時,可 使用黃色染料作為補色。 於包含黃色染料之情形時,進而於耐溶劑性之降低以前, 有影像形成性或顯影性不充分之傾向。 101110090 74 201245131 推測其原因在於,黃色染料之吸收波長與光聚合起始劑之 吸收波長重合,因此光聚合起始劑無法充分地獲得光能量, 導致自由基產生量降低,著色樹脂組成物中所包含之光聚合 起始劑未充分地發揮功能。 即,著色樹脂組成物包含之後述黃色染料之情形就更易獲 得本發明之效果之方面而言較佳。 以下詳細說明黃色染料。 [黃色染料] 作為本發明中之黃色染料,例如可列舉:偶氮系染料、喹 酞酮系染料、菁系染料、蒽醌系染料、次曱基系染料及二吼 咯亞曱基系染料等,其中,較佳為偶氮系染料。 作為該偶氮系染料,例如可列舉:吡啶酮偶氮染料、吡唑 酮偶氮染料及巴比妥酸偶氮染料等,尤其是就吸收光譜於 400 nm〜500 nm中具有急峻之吸收端、可獲得亮度高之像 素之方面而言,較佳為σ比咬酮偶氮染料。 作為吡啶酮偶氮染料,並無特別限定,可使用公知之物 質,但就於著色樹脂組成物中之溶解性高之方面而言,較佳 為下述式(VII)所表示之化合物(以下有稱作「化合物(VII)」 之情形)。 [化 65] 101110090 75 201245131In the case where the colored resin composition of the present invention is a colored resin composition for forming a red pixel or a colored resin composition for forming a green pixel, a yellow dye can be used as a complementary color. In the case where a yellow dye is contained, the image forming property or the developability tends to be insufficient before the solvent resistance is lowered. 101110090 74 201245131 It is presumed that the absorption wavelength of the yellow dye coincides with the absorption wavelength of the photopolymerization initiator, so that the photopolymerization initiator cannot sufficiently obtain the light energy, resulting in a decrease in the amount of radical generation, and the coloring resin composition The photopolymerization initiator contained therein does not function sufficiently. That is, it is preferable that the colored resin composition contains the yellow dye described later, and the effect of the present invention is more easily obtained. The yellow dye is described in detail below. [Yellow dye] Examples of the yellow dye in the present invention include an azo dye, a quinophthalone dye, a cyanine dye, an anthraquinone dye, a fluorene based dye, and a dimercaptosyl dye. And among them, an azo dye is preferred. Examples of the azo-based dye include a pyridone azo dye, a pyrazolone azo dye, and a barbituric azo dye, and particularly have an absorption end in an absorption spectrum of from 400 nm to 500 nm. In terms of obtaining a pixel having a high luminance, a σ ratio ketone azo dye is preferred. The pyridone azo dye is not particularly limited, and a known one can be used. However, in view of high solubility in the colored resin composition, a compound represented by the following formula (VII) is preferred (hereinafter There is a case called "compound (VII)"). [化65] 101110090 75 201245131
(上述式(VII)中’ A表示可具有取代基之芳香族烴環基或 可具有取代基之雜環基。 R表不氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數1〜10之烷基、羧 基或三氟曱基。 R2a表示氫原子、氰基、胺甲醯基、可具有取代基之烷基 胺曱醯基、可具有取代基之芳基胺甲醯基、羧基、胺磺醯基 或磺基。 R3a表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數1〜20之烷基、可 具有取代基之碳數6〜30之芳基、可具有取代基之碳數7〜 20之芳烷基、可具有取代基之碳數3〜2〇之雜環基、胺甲 醯基、可具有取代基之碳數2〜2〇之烷基胺甲醯基、可具有 取代基之碳數7〜30之芳基胺曱醯基、胺磺醯基、可具有取 代基之碳數1〜20之烷基胺磺醯基、可具有取代基之碳數6 〜30之芳基胺磺醯基、可具有取代基之碳數2〜2〇之烷氧 基羰基、可具有取代基之碳數7〜3〇之芳氧基羰基、可具有 取代基之碳數2〜30之醯基、可具有取代基之碳數丨〜扣 之烷基磺酿基或可具有取代基之碳數6〜3〇之芳基磺醯基) (關於A) A表示可具有取代基之芳香族烴環基或可具有取代基之 101110090 76 201245131 雜環基。 缝環基,例如可列舉:具有1個自由價之苯 =奈魏、轉、㈣苯環、岐、苯并祐環 、、聯伸二錢1萘環、環、第環等。 作為該雜環基’例如可列舉:対基、W基、。比唾美 嗟唾基、啊基、4基1二嗤基、喊基、㈣^三 讲基、料基、異料基、苯并•基、鄰苯:㈣亞胺基: 苯并咪唑啉基、呋喃基、噻吩基等。 作為該芳香族烴環基或該雜環基可具有之取代基,就提高 化合物⑴於溶劑中之溶解性之方面而言,較佳為親水性基同 又’就可調節色調之方面而言,較佳為具有電子供應性或電 子求引性之基。 更具體而言,可列舉:可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代 基之芳基、可具有取代基之1價雜環基、可具有取代基之烷 氧基、胺基、可具有取代基之烷基胺基、可具有取代基之芳 基胺基、可具有取代基之醯基胺基、胺甲醯基、可具有取代 基之烷基胺甲醯基、可具有取代基之芳基胺甲醯基、胺磺醯 基、可具有取代基之烷基胺磺醯基、可具有取代基之芳基胺 磺醯基、可具有取代基之烷氧基羰基、可具有取代基之芳基 氧基羰基、硝基、羧基、磺基、羥基、氰基、齒素原子等。 可具有取代基之烷基之碳數通常為1以上,又通常為12 以下,較佳為10以下。作為可取代該烷基之基’可列舉: 101110090 77 201245131 碳數1〜10之烷氧基、笨基、羥基、胺基、二甲基胺基、二 乙基胺基、鹵素原子、隸、續基及絲等。作狀基之具 體例’可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、羥乙基、丨,2二羥基 丙基、2-曱氧基乙基、2·乙氧基乙基、2_丁氧基乙基、2_(2_ 曱氧基乙氧基)乙基、2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙基、2_(2_丁氧基 乙氧基)乙基、苄基、苯乙基等。 可具有取代基之芳基之碳數通常為6以上,又通常為14 以下,較佳為12以下。作為該芳基,可列舉:苯基、萘基、 蒽基等。作為可取代該芳基之基,可列舉:碳數丨〜8之烷 基、碳數1〜8之院氧基、羥基、胺基、二曱基胺基、二乙 基胺基、齒素原子、磺基及羧基等。作為芳基之具體例,可 列舉:苯基、對曱苯基、間甲苯基、對曱氧基苯基、萘基、 蒽基等。 可具有取代基之1價雜環基之碳數為通常2以上,又通常 為14以下,較佳為12以下。作為該1價雜環基,可列舉: 吡咯基、咪唑基、吡唑基、噻唑基、噚唑基、三唑基、噻二 唑基、吼啶基、嘧啶基、三啩基、喹啉基、異喹啉基、苯并 °塞β坐基、鄰本二曱醢亞胺基、苯并σ米哇琳基、α夫喃基、嗔吩 基、°比喃基、派°定基、°比略咬基、味嗤咬基、^。坐唆基、略 讲基、咪啉基、吲哚啉基、異吲哚啉基等。作為可取代該1 價雜環基之基’可列舉:碳數1〜8之烷基、碳數1〜8之烷 氧基、羥基、胺基、二曱基胺基、二乙基胺基、齒素原手、 101110090 78 201245131 磺基及羧基等。作為1價雜環基之具體例,可列舉:2-吡。各 基、2-咪唑基、1-吡唑基、2-噻唑基、2-哼唑基、l,2,4-三唾 -1-基、4-°比咬基、2-°密1>定基、4,6-二胺基-2-三°井基、8-噎琳 基、8-異喹啉基、2-笨并噻唑基、6-甲基-7-磺基-2-笨并噻。坐 基、1,3-二氫-1,3-二氧-2H-異吲哚-2-基、1H-苯并咪唑-2-基、 2-fl夫喃基、2-。塞吩基、1-vi底α定基、1-°比略《定基、^咪嗤。定基、 1- «比《坐咬基、卜派啡基、1-咪琳基、1-叫卜朵琳基、2-異叫卜朵 琳基。 可具有取代基之烷氧基之碳數通常為1以上,又通常為 12以下,較佳為10以下。作為可取代該烷氧基之基,可列 舉:碳數1〜10之烷氧基、苯基、羥基、胺基、二曱基胺基、 二乙基胺基、齒素原子、氰基、磺基及羧基等。作為烷氧基 之具體例,可列舉:曱氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、正丁氧基、 羥基乙氧基、1,2-二羥基丙氧基、2-曱氧基乙氧基、2·乙氧 基乙氧基、2-丁氧基乙氧基、2-(2-曱氧基乙氧基)乙氧基、 2- (2._乙氧基乙氧基)乙氧基、2-(2-丁氧基乙氧基)乙氧基、苄 氧基、苯乙氧基等。 可具有取代基之烷基胺基係以-NRnaR12a表示,Rlla表示 可具有取代基之烷基,R12a表示氫原子或可具有取代基之烷 基。該烷基之碳數通常為1以上,又通常為Π以下,較佳 為10以下。作為可取代該烷基之基,可列舉:碳數1〜10 之烷氧基、苯基、羥基、胺基、二甲基胺基、二乙基胺基、 101110090 79 201245131 鹵素原子、氰基、續基及羧基等,作為烧基之具體例,可列 舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、正丁基、環己基、羥乙基、1,2- 二羥基丙基、2-甲氧基乙基、2_乙氧基乙基、2_ 丁氧基乙基、 2·(2_甲氧基乙氧基)乙基、2普乙氧基乙氧基)乙基、2_(2- 丁氧基乙氧基)乙基、¥基、苯乙基等。作為該絲胺基之 具體例,可列舉:乙基胺基、二曱基胺基、二乙基胺基、二 丁基胺基、二(2-乙氧基乙基)胺基、二笨乙基乙基胺基、環 己基乙基等。 可具有取代基之芳基胺基係以·NRnaRHa表示,表示 可具有取代基之芳基,RMa表示氫原子、可具有取代基之烷 基、可具有取代基之芳基。該烷基之較佳之碳數、可具有之 取代基之例與上述汉丨13及R!2a中之烷基可具有之取代基相 同。該芳基之碳數為通常6以上,又通常為14以下,較佳 為12以下,可列舉:苯基、萘基、蒽基等。作為玎取代該 芳基之基,可列舉:碳數丨〜8之烷基、碳數丨〜8之烷氧基、 羥基、胺基、二甲基胺基、二乙基胺基、i素原子、氰基、 磺基及羧基等。作為芳基之具體例,可列舉:苯基、對甲苯 基、間甲苯基、對甲氧基苯基、萘基、蒽基等。作為該芳基 胺基之具體例,可列舉:苯基胺基、二笨基胺基、二(對甲 苯基)胺基、二(對甲氧基苯基)胺基、乙基笨基胺基、正丁基 笨基胺基等。 可具有取代基之醯基胺基係&_NH_C〇Rl5a表示,Rl5a表 101110090 80 201245131 示可具有取代基之隸、可具有取代基之料。減基之較 佳之碳數、可具有之取代基之例與上述汉113及Rl2a之烧基 之情形中所例示者相同。έ玄芳基之較佳之碳數、可具有之取 代基之例與上述R13a之芳基可具有之取代基相同。作為醯 基胺基之具體例’可列舉:乙醯基胺基、笨曱醯基胺基、2_ 乙基己基羰基胺基等。 可具有取代基之烷基胺曱醯基係以表示, Rl6a及11173各自獨立地表示氫原子或可具有取代基之烷 基。該烷基之較佳之碳數、可具有之取代基之例與上述Rna 及R中之烷基可具有之取代基相同。作為該烷基胺曱醯 基之具體例,可列舉:甲基胺曱醯基、乙基胺曱醯基、苯乙 基胺曱醯基、2-乙基己基胺甲醯基、2-乙氧基乙基胺甲醯 基、2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙基胺甲醯基等。 可具有取代基之芳基胺曱醯基係以_C〇-:NR18aR19a表示, R表示可具有取代基之芳基。R19a表示氫原子、可具有取 代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基。該烷基之較佳之碳數、 可具有之取代基之例與上述Riia& Rua中之烷基可具有之 取代基相同。該芳基之較佳之碳數、可具有之取代基之例與 上述R13a之芳基之情形中所例示者相同。作為該芳基胺曱 醯基之具體例,可列舉:苯基胺甲醯基、萘基胺曱醯基、對 曱苯基胺甲醯基、對曱氧基苯基胺曱醯基等。 可具有取代基之烷基胺磺醯基係以_S〇2_NR2〇aR2la表示, 101110090 81 201245131 R2Qa& R21a各自獨立地表示氫原子或可具有取代基之烷 基。該烷基之較佳之碳數、可具有之取代基之例與上述Rna 及RI2a中之烷基可具有之取代基相同。作為該烷基胺磺醯 基之具體例,可列舉:曱基胺磺醯基、乙基胺磺醯基、苯乙 基月女石if酿基、2-乙基己基胺續酿基、2-乙氧基乙基胺石黃酿 基、2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙基胺磺醯基等。 可具有取代基之芳基胺磺醯基係以-S02-NR22aR23a表示, R22a表示可具有取代基之芳基。R23a表示氫原子、可具有取 代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基。該烷基之較佳之碳數、 可具有之取代基之例與上述尺113及R12a中之烷基可具有之 取代基相同。該芳基之較佳之碳數、可具有之取代基之例與 上述R13a之芳基之情形中所例示者相同。作為該芳基胺磺 醯基之具體例,可列舉:苯基胺績醯基、萘基胺續醯基、對 甲苯基胺磺醯基、對甲氧基苯基胺磺醯基等。 可具有取代基之烷氧基羰基係以_CO-OR24a表示,尺243表 示可具有取代基之烧基。該烧基之較佳之碳數、可具有之取 代基之例與上述尺⑴及R12a中之烷基可具有之取代基相 同。作為s亥烧氧基叛基之具體例,可列舉:甲氧基幾基、乙 氧基羰基、苯乙氧基羰基、2-乙基己氧基羰基、2-乙氧基乙 氧基羰基、2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙氧基羰基等。 可具有取代基之芳氧基羰基係以_C〇-〇R25a表示,尺253表 示可具有取代基之芳基。該芳基之較佳之碳數、可具有之取 101110090 82 201245131 代基之例與上述广中之芳基可具有之取代基相同。作為 該芳氧基羰基之具體例,可列舉:苯氧基羰基、萘氧基羰基、 對甲苯氧基羰基、對曱氧基苯氧基羰基等。 作為鹵素原子,可列舉:氟原子、氣原子、溴原子、碘原 子,其中較佳為陰電性高之氟原子、氣原子。 (關於Rla) R表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數1〜10之烷基、羧 基或三敗曱基。 可具有取代基之烧基之碳數通常為1以上,又通常為 以下’較佳為5以下。作為可取代該烷基之基,可列舉:碳 數1〜8之烷氧基、羥基等。作為烷基之具體例,可列舉: 曱基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、羥乙基、曱氧基曱基等。 (關於R2a) R2a表示氫原子、氰基、胺曱醯基、可具有取代基之烷基 胺曱醯基、可具有取代基之芳基胺甲醯基、羧基、胺磺醯基 或項基。 可具有取代基之烷基胺甲醯基係以-CO-NR56aR57a表示, 11563及R57a各自獨立地表示氫原子或可具有取代基之烷 基。該烷基之較佳之碳數、可具有之取代基之例與上述Rlla 及R12a中之烷基可具有之取代基相同。作為該烷基胺曱醯 基之具體例,可列舉:甲基胺甲醯基、乙基胺曱醯基、苯乙 基胺甲醯基、2-乙基己基胺曱醯基、2-乙氧基乙基胺甲醯 101110090 83 201245131 基、2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙基胺曱醯基等。 可具有取代基之芳基胺曱醯基係以_C〇_NR58aR59a表示, R58a表示可具有取代基之芳基。R59a表示氫原子、可具有取 代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基。該烷基之較佳之碳數、 可具有之取代基之例與上述Rlla及R]2a中之烷基可具有之 取代基相同。該芳基之較佳之碳數、可具有之取代基之例與 上述R13a之芳基之情形中所例示者相同。作為該芳基胺甲 醯基之具體例,可列舉:苯基胺曱醯基、萘基胺曱醯基、對 甲笨基胺甲醯基、對曱氧基苯基胺甲醯基等。 (關於R3a) R a表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數1〜2〇之烷基、可 具有取代基之碳數6〜30之芳基、可具有取代基之碳數7〜 2〇之芳烷基、可具有取代基之碳數3〜20之雜環基、胺曱 酿基、可具有取代基之碳數2〜20之烷基胺曱醯基' 可具有 取代基之碳數7〜30之芳基胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、可具有取 代基之碳數1〜20之烷基胺磺醯基、可具有取代基之碳數6 〜30之芳基胺磺醯基、可具有取代基之碳數2〜20之烷氧 基羰基、可具有取代基之碳數7〜30之芳氧基羰基、可具有 取代基之碳數2〜30之醯基、可具有取代基之碳數1〜30 之烷基磺醯基或可具有取代基之碳數6〜30之芳基磺醯基。 可具有取代基之碳數1〜20之烷基之碳數通常為1以上, 又通常為20以下,較佳為15以下。作為可取代該烷基之基, 101110090 84 201245131 可列舉:碳數1〜15之烷氧基、羥基、胺基、二甲基胺基、 二乙基胺基、鹵素原子、氰基、磺基及羧基等。作為烷基之 具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、羥乙基、L2-二羥 基丙基、2-甲氧基乙基、2-乙氧基乙基、2-丁氧基乙基、2_(2-曱氧基乙氧基)乙基、2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙基、2-(2-丁氧基 乙氧基)乙基等。 可具有取代基之碳數6〜30之芳基之碳數通常為6以上, 又通常為30以下,較佳為25以下。作為該芳基,可列舉: 苯基、萘基、蒽基等。作為可取代該芳基之基,可列舉:碳 數1〜15之烷基、碳數1〜15之烷氧基、羥基、胺基、二甲 基胺基、二乙基胺基、鹵素原子、續基及竣基等。作為芳基 之具體例,可列舉:苯基、對曱苯基、間曱苯基、對曱氧基 苯基、萘基、蒽基等。 可具有取代基之碳數7〜20之芳烷基之碳數通常為7以 上,又通常為20以下,較佳為15以下。作為可取代該芳烷 基之基,可列舉:碳數1〜15之烷基、碳數1〜15之烷氧基、 羥基、胺基、二曱基胺基、二乙基胺基、鹵素原子、磺基及 羧基等。作為芳基之具體例,可列舉:苄基、苯乙基、 曱基苄基、曱基苯基乙基、/5-曱基苯基乙基、苐基等。 可具有取代基之碳數3〜20之雜環基之碳數通常為3以 上,又通常為20以下,較佳為15以下。作為該1價雜環基’ 可列舉:吡咯基、咪唑基、吡唑基、噻唑基、。号唑基、三唑 101110090 85 201245131 基、噻二唑基、吡啶基、嘧啶基、三畊基、喹啉基、異喹啉 基、苯并噻唑基、鄰苯二曱醯亞胺基、苯并咪唑啉基、。夫喃 基、噻吩基等。作為可取代該1價雜環基之基,可列舉:碳 數1〜15之烷基、碳數1〜15之烷氧基、羥基、胺基、二曱 基胺基、二乙基胺基、i素原子、磺基及羧基等。作為i 價雜環基之具體例’可列舉:2-吡咯基、2-咪唑基、丨^比唾 基、2-噻唑基、2-嘮唑基、1,2,4-三唑-1-基、4-吡。定基、2_ 嘧啶基、4,6-二胺基_2·三畊基、8-喹啉基、8-異喹琳基、2_ 苯并噻唑基、6-甲基-7-磺基-2-苯并噻唑基、1,3-二氫_丨,3_ 二氧-2Η-異。引°朵-2-基、1Η-苯并0米°坐-2-基、2-°夫°南基、2_。塞 吩基。 可具有取代基之碳數2〜20之烷基胺甲醯基係以 -CO-NR6QaR61a表示,R伽及各自獨立地表示氫原子或 可具有取代基之院基。該燒基之較佳之碳數、可具有之取代 基之例與上述尺⑴及R12a之烷基可具有之取代基相同。作 為該烷基胺甲醯基之具體例,可列舉:甲基胺甲醯基、乙基 胺曱醯基、苯乙基胺甲醯基、2_乙基己基胺甲醯基、2_乙氧 基乙基胺甲醯基、2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙基胺甲醯基等。 可具有取代基之碳數7〜30之芳基胺甲醯基係以 _C0_NR62aR63a表示,R62a表示可具有取代基H R63a 表不氫原子、可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基。 該烷基之較佳之碳數、可具有之取代基之例與上述Rlla 101110090 86 201245131 R12a中之炫基可具有之取代基相同。該芳基之較佳之碳數、 可具有之取代基之例與上述R13a之芳基之情形中所例示者 相同。作為该芳基胺曱醯基之具體例,可列舉:苯基胺甲醯 基、萘基胺曱醯基、對甲苯基胺甲醯基、對甲氧基苯基胺曱 醯基等。 可具有取代基之碳數1〜20之烷基胺磺醯基係以 •S〇2-NR64aR65a表示,及R…各自獨立地表示氫原子或 可具有取代基之燒基。該烧基之較佳之碳數、可具有之取代 基之例與上述Rlla& R12a中之烷基可具有之取代基相同。 作為該烷基胺磺醯基之具體例,可列舉:曱基胺續醯基、乙 基胺續醯基、苯乙基胺續酿基、2-乙基己基胺續醯基、2_乙 氧基乙基胺石只酿基、2-(2-乙乳基乙氧基)乙基胺續酿基等。 可具有取代基之碳數6〜30之芳基胺磺醯基係以 -S〇2_NR66aR67a表示,R66a表示可具有取代基之芳基。fa 表示氫原子、可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基。 該烷基之較佳之碳數、可具有之取代基之例與上述Rlla及 R12a中之烷基可具有之取代基相同。該芳基之較佳之碳數、 可具有之取代基之例與上述R13a之芳基之情形中所例示者 相同。作為該芳基胺磺醯基之具體例,可列舉:苯基胺續醯 基、萘基胺磺醯基、對曱苯基胺磺醯基、對曱氧基笨基胺續 醯基等。 可具有取代基之碳數2〜20之烷氧基羰基係以_c〇七R68a 101110090 87 201245131 表示,R68a表示可具有取代基之烷基。該烷基之較佳之碳 數、可具有之取代基之例與上述尺旧及中之烷基可具 有之取代基相同。作為該烷氧基羰基之具體例,可列舉:甲 氧基羰基、乙氧基幾基、苯乙氧基幾基、2_乙基己氧基羰基、 2-乙氧基乙氧基幾基、2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙氧基幾基等。 可具有取代基之碳數7〜30之芳氧基羰基係以_c〇_〇R69a 表示,R09a表示可具有取代基之芳基。該芳基之較佳之碳 數、可具有之取代基之例與上述R23a中之芳基可具有之取 代基相同。作為該芳氧基羰基之具體例,可列舉:苯氧基羰 基、萘氧基羰基、對甲苯氧基羰基、對甲氧基苯氧基羰基等。 可具有取代基之碳數2〜30之醯基係以-COR7Ga表示,R7〇a 表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基,該烷基之 較佳之碳數、可具有之取代基之例與上述Rlla及Rl2a中之 烷基可具有之取代基相同。該芳基之較佳之碳數、可具有之 取代基之例與上述Rlh之芳基之情形中所例示者相同。作 為酿基之具體例’可列舉:乙醯基、苯曱醯基、2_乙基己基 羰基等。 可具有取代基之碳數1〜3〇之烷基磺醯基係以·S〇2_R7la 表示’ R713表示可具有取代基之烷基。該烷基之較佳之碳 數、可具有之取代基之例與上述Rlla及Rlh中之烷基可具 有之取代基相同。作為該烷基磺醯基之具體例,可列舉:甲 基續酿基、乙基磺醯基、苯乙基磺醯基、2-乙基己基磺醯基、 101110090 88 201245131 2-乙氧基乙基磺醯基、2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙基磺醯基等。 可具有取代基之碳數6〜30之芳基磺醯基係以-S02-R72a 表示,R72a表示可具有取代基之芳基。該芳基之較佳之碳 數、可具有之取代基之例與上述R23a中之芳基可具有之取 代基相同。作為該芳基磺醯基之具體例,可列舉:苯基磺醯 基、萘基磺醯基、對甲苯基磺醯基、對曱氧基苯基磺醯基等。 [化合物(VII)之具體例] 以下,表示化合物(VII)之較佳之具體例,但本發明並不 限定於該等。 [化 66](In the above formula (VII), 'A' represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, Carboxyl or trifluoromethyl. R2a represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, an amine carbenyl group, an alkylamine group which may have a substituent, an arylamine group which may have a substituent, a carboxyl group, an amine sulfonyl group Or a sulfo group. R3a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent a heterocyclic group having 3 to 2 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an amine carbenyl group, an alkylamine carbenyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and a carbon number 7 which may have a substituent An arylamine oxime group of ~30, an amine sulfonyl group, an alkylamine sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an arylamine sulfonyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 30 which may have a substituent An alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms of a substituent, an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 3 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, a fluorenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, Alkyl sulfonyl group having a carbon number of a substituent or a sulfonyl group having 6 to 3 carbon atoms which may have a substituent) (About A) A represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent Or a 101110090 76 201245131 heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. Examples of the slit ring group include a benzene having a free valence = nevi, a trans, a (tetra) benzene ring, an anthracene, a benzoxene ring, a coexisting divalent 1 naphthalene ring, a ring, a ring, and the like. Examples of the heterocyclic group ' include a fluorenyl group and a W group. More than 唾 嗟 嗟 、 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 啊 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Base, furyl, thienyl and the like. As the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or a substituent which the heterocyclic group may have, in terms of improving the solubility of the compound (1) in a solvent, it is preferred that the hydrophilic group is the same as that of the color tone. Preferably, it has a basis of electron supply or electron seeking. More specifically, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a monovalent heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an amine group, may have a substitution An alkylamino group, an arylamine group which may have a substituent, a mercaptoamine group which may have a substituent, an amine mercapto group, an alkylamine-methyl group which may have a substituent, and an aromatic group which may have a substituent a carbylamino group, an amine sulfonyl group, an alkylamine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent, an arylamine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxycarbonyl group which may have a substituent, may have a substituent An aryloxycarbonyl group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a dentate atom or the like. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group which may have a substituent is usually 1 or more, and is usually 12 or less, preferably 10 or less. The group which can substitute the alkyl group is exemplified by: 101110090 77 201245131 Alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a strepyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a halogen atom, a Renewal base and silk. Specific examples of the working group are exemplified by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, hydroxyethyl, hydrazine, 2 dihydroxypropyl, 2-decyloxyethyl, 2·ethoxyethyl, 2_ Butoxyethyl, 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethyl, 2-(2-butoxyethoxy)ethyl, benzyl , phenethyl and the like. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group which may have a substituent is usually 6 or more, and is usually 14 or less, preferably 12 or less. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthracenyl group. Examples of the group which may be substituted for the aryl group include an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨8, a oxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 8, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a dimercaptoamine group, a diethylamino group, and a dentate. Atom, sulfo group and carboxyl group. Specific examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a p-nonylphenyl group, a m-tolyl group, a p-nonyloxyphenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group and the like. The number of carbon atoms of the monovalent heterocyclic group which may have a substituent is usually 2 or more, and is usually 14 or less, preferably 12 or less. Examples of the monovalent heterocyclic group include a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a pyrazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a carbazolyl group, a triazolyl group, a thiadiazolyl group, an acridinyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a tridecyl group, and a quinoline. , isoquinolyl, benzo-β-sodium, ortho-diimine, benzo-mymiline-based, α-furanyl, porphinyl, °-pyranyl, pyridyl, ° is slightly biting the base, miso bite, ^. It is a sulfhydryl group, a succinyl group, a morpholinyl group, a porphyrin group, an isoindolyl group or the like. Examples of the group which can substitute the monovalent heterocyclic group include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a dimercaptoamine group, and a diethylamino group. , odontogen original, 101110090 78 201245131 sulfo and carboxyl groups. Specific examples of the monovalent heterocyclic group include 2-pyridyl. Each group, 2-imidazolyl, 1-pyrazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, 1,2,4-tris-s--1-yl, 4-° ratio, 2-° dense 1> ; base, 4,6-diamino-2-tri-well, 8-cylinyl, 8-isoquinolinyl, 2-phenylthiazolyl, 6-methyl-7-sulfo-2- Stupid and thiophene. Sitting group, 1,3-dihydro-1,3-dioxo-2H-isoindol-2-yl, 1H-benzimidazol-2-yl, 2-flufanyl, 2-. The thiophene group, the 1-vi bottom α-based group, and the 1-° ratio are slightly fixed. Fixed base, 1- « than "sitting bite, sputum, 1-midinky, 1- called budolin, 2-iso called budolin. The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group which may have a substituent is usually 1 or more, and is usually 12 or less, preferably 10 or less. Examples of the group which may be substituted with the alkoxy group include alkoxy groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, phenyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amine groups, dinonylamino groups, diethylamino groups, dentate atoms, and cyano groups. Sulfo group and carboxyl group. Specific examples of the alkoxy group include a decyloxy group, an ethoxy group, a n-propoxy group, a n-butoxy group, a hydroxyethoxy group, a 1,2-dihydroxypropoxy group, and a 2-methoxy group. Oxy, 2,ethoxyethoxy, 2-butoxyethoxy, 2-(2-decyloxyethoxy)ethoxy, 2-(2.-ethoxyethoxy) Ethoxy, 2-(2-butoxyethoxy)ethoxy, benzyloxy, phenethyloxy, and the like. The alkylamine group which may have a substituent is represented by -NRnaR12a, Rlla represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R12a represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is usually 1 or more, and is usually Π or less, preferably 10 or less. Examples of the group which may be substituted for the alkyl group include an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, and 101110090 79 201245131 halogen atom, cyano group. And a hydrazine, a carboxyl group, etc., as a specific example of a base, a methyl group, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, cyclohexyl, hydroxyethyl, 1,2- dihydroxypropyl, 2- Oxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 2-butoxyethyl, 2(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl, 2 ethoxyethoxyethyl), 2_(2 - butoxyethoxy)ethyl, benzyl, phenethyl and the like. Specific examples of the silk amine group include an ethylamino group, a dinonylamino group, a diethylamino group, a dibutylamino group, a di(2-ethoxyethyl)amino group, and a second embodiment. Ethylethylamino, cyclohexylethyl and the like. The arylamine group which may have a substituent is represented by NRnaRHa, and represents an aryl group which may have a substituent, and RMA represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and an aryl group which may have a substituent. The preferred carbon number of the alkyl group and the substituent which may be present are the same as those of the alkyl group of the above-mentioned Hans 13 and R! 2a. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is usually 6 or more, and usually 14 or less, preferably 12 or less, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthracenyl group. Examples of the group in which the aryl group is substituted with an aryl group include an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨8, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 丨8, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, and an element. Atom, cyano group, sulfo group and carboxyl group. Specific examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a p-tolyl group, a m-tolyl group, a p-methoxyphenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthracenyl group. Specific examples of the arylamine group include a phenylamino group, a diphenylamino group, a bis(p-tolyl)amino group, a di(p-methoxyphenyl)amino group, and an ethyl strepamine. Base, n-butyl stupylamino group and the like. The mercaptoamine group &_NH_C〇Rl5a which may have a substituent means that the Rl5a table 101110090 80 201245131 is a material which may have a substituent and may have a substituent. The preferred carbon number of the reduced base and the substituent which may be present are the same as those exemplified in the case of the above-mentioned Han 113 and Rl 2a. The preferred carbon number of the fluorene aryl group may have the same substituent as the aryl group of the above R13a. Specific examples of the mercaptoamine group include an ethenylamino group, a claudylamino group, and a 2-ethylhexylcarbonylamino group. The alkylamine fluorenyl group which may have a substituent means that Rl6a and 11173 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent. The preferred carbon number of the alkyl group, which may have a substituent, is the same as the substituent which the alkyl group in the above Rna and R may have. Specific examples of the alkylamine thiol group include methylamino fluorenyl group, ethyl amide thiol group, phenethyl amide fluorenyl group, 2-ethylhexylamine carbhydryl group, and 2-ethyl group. Oxyethylamine carbenyl, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethylaminecarbamyl, and the like. The arylamine fluorenyl group which may have a substituent is represented by _C〇-:NR18aR19a, and R represents an aryl group which may have a substituent. R19a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and an aryl group which may have a substituent. The preferred carbon number of the alkyl group, and the substituent which may be present, may be the same as the substituent which the alkyl group in the above Riia & Rua may have. The preferred carbon number of the aryl group and the substituent which may be present are the same as those exemplified in the case of the aryl group of the above R13a. Specific examples of the arylamine fluorenyl group include a phenylamine methyl sulfonyl group, a naphthylamino fluorenyl group, a p-nonylphenylamine fluorenyl group, and a p-nonyloxyphenylamine fluorenyl group. The alkylamine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent is represented by _S〇2_NR2〇aR2la, and 101110090 81 201245131 R2Qa& R21a each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent. The preferred carbon number of the alkyl group, which may have a substituent, is the same as the substituent which the alkyl group in the above Rna and RI2a may have. Specific examples of the alkylamine sulfonyl group include a mercaptoamine sulfonyl group, an ethylamine sulfonyl group, a phenethyl virgin stone, a 2-ethylhexylamine continuation group, and 2 - ethoxyethylamine phosphatyl, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethylamine sulfonyl and the like. The arylamine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent is represented by -S02-NR22aR23a, and R22a represents an aryl group which may have a substituent. R23a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and an aryl group which may have a substituent. The preferred carbon number of the alkyl group and the substituent which may be present are the same as those of the alkyl group of the above-mentioned rule 113 and R12a. The preferred carbon number of the aryl group and the substituent which may be present are the same as those exemplified in the case of the aryl group of the above R13a. Specific examples of the arylamine sulfonyl group include a phenylamine fluorenyl group, a naphthylamine fluorenyl group, a p-tolylamine sulfonyl group, and a p-methoxyphenylamine sulfonyl group. The alkoxycarbonyl group which may have a substituent is represented by _CO-OR24a, and the ruler 243 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent. The preferred carbon number of the alkyl group, which may have a substituent, is the same as the substituent which the alkyl group in the above-mentioned rulers (1) and R12a may have. Specific examples of the sulfoalkyl group include a methoxy group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a phenethyloxycarbonyl group, a 2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyl group, and a 2-ethoxyethoxycarbonyl group. , 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxycarbonyl, and the like. The aryloxycarbonyl group which may have a substituent is represented by _C〇-〇R25a, and the ruler 253 represents an aryl group which may have a substituent. The preferred carbon number of the aryl group, which may be taken as 101110090 82 201245131, is the same as the substituent which the above-mentioned aromatic aryl group may have. Specific examples of the aryloxycarbonyl group include a phenoxycarbonyl group, a naphthyloxycarbonyl group, a p-tolyloxycarbonyl group, and a p-methoxyphenoxycarbonyl group. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a gas atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Among them, a fluorine atom or a gas atom having a high anion property is preferable. (About Rla) R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, a carboxyl group or a trisyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group which may have a substituent is usually 1 or more, and usually the following is preferably 5 or less. The group which may be substituted with the alkyl group may, for example, be an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a hydroxyl group. Specific examples of the alkyl group include a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a hydroxyethyl group, and a decyloxy group. (About R2a) R2a represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, an amine fluorenyl group, an alkylamine fluorenyl group which may have a substituent, an arylamine carbhydryl group which may have a substituent, a carboxyl group, an amine sulfonyl group or a base group . The alkylaminecarbamyl group which may have a substituent is represented by -CO-NR56aR57a, and each of 11563 and R57a independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent. The preferred carbon number of the alkyl group, which may have a substituent, is the same as the substituent which the alkyl group in the above R11a and R12a may have. Specific examples of the alkylamine thiol group include methylamine methyl sulfonyl group, ethyl amine fluorenyl group, phenethylamine methyl fluorenyl group, 2-ethylhexylamino fluorenyl group, and 2-ethyl group. Ethoxyethylamine formazan 101110090 83 201245131, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethylamine fluorenyl and the like. The arylamine fluorenyl group which may have a substituent is represented by _C〇_NR58aR59a, and R58a represents an aryl group which may have a substituent. R59a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and an aryl group which may have a substituent. The preferred carbon number of the alkyl group, and the substituent which may be present, may be the same as the substituent which the alkyl group in the above R11a and R]2a may have. The preferred carbon number of the aryl group and the substituent which may be present are the same as those exemplified in the case of the aryl group of the above R13a. Specific examples of the arylamine-methyl group include a phenylamine fluorenyl group, a naphthylamino group, a p-mentylaminocarbamyl group, a p-nonyloxyphenylamine carbaryl group, and the like. (About R3a) R a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and a carbon number of 7 to 2 which may have a substituent. An aralkyl group, a heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an amine aryl group, an alkylamine fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and a carbon number which may have a substituent 7 to 30 arylamine methyl sulfonyl group, amine sulfonyl sulfonyl group, alkylamine sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and arylamine sulfonium having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent An alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, a fluorenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and may have The alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms of the substituent or the arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is usually 1 or more, and is usually 20 or less, preferably 15 or less. As a group which can substitute the alkyl group, 101110090 84 201245131 may, for example, be an alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or a sulfo group. And carboxyl groups and the like. Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, hydroxyethyl group, L2-dihydroxypropyl group, 2-methoxyethyl group, 2-ethoxyethyl group, and 2-butyl group. Oxyethyl, 2-(2-decyloxyethoxy)ethyl, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethyl, 2-(2-butoxyethoxy)ethyl, and the like. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is usually 6 or more, and is usually 30 or less, preferably 25 or less. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group and the like. Examples of the group which may be substituted for the aryl group include an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, and a halogen atom. , sequel and sputum. Specific examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a p-nonylphenyl group, a m-nonylphenyl group, a p-nonyloxyphenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthracenyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is usually 7 or more, and is usually 20 or less, preferably 15 or less. Examples of the group which may be substituted for the aralkyl group include an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a dinonylamino group, a diethylamino group, and a halogen. Atom, sulfo group and carboxyl group. Specific examples of the aryl group include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a mercaptobenzyl group, a nonylphenylethyl group, a/5-mercaptophenylethyl group, and an anthracenyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is usually 3 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 15 or less. The monovalent heterocyclic group 'is a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a pyrazolyl group, or a thiazolyl group. Azolyl, triazole 101110090 85 201245131 base, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, tri-cultivation, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzothiazolyl, phthalimido, benzene And imidazolinyl,. Furamyl, thienyl and the like. Examples of the group which may be substituted for the monovalent heterocyclic group include an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a dinonylamino group, and a diethylamino group. , i atom, sulfo group and carboxyl group. Specific examples of the i-valent heterocyclic group include 2-pyrrolyl, 2-imidazolyl, oxime-saltyl, 2-thiazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, 1,2,4-triazole-1. - base, 4-pyridyl. Stationary, 2_pyrimidinyl, 4,6-diamino-2·trimage, 8-quinolinyl, 8-isoquinolinyl, 2_benzothiazolyl, 6-methyl-7-sulfo-2 - benzothiazolyl, 1,3-dihydro-indole, 3_dioxy-2-indole-iso.引出-2-基,1Η-Benzene 0米° sit-2-yl, 2-°夫°南基, 2_. Sequito. The alkylamine-methyl indenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is represented by -CO-NR6QaR61a, and R is a group which independently represents a hydrogen atom or may have a substituent. The preferred carbon number of the alkyl group and the substituent which may be present are the same as those of the alkyl group of the above-mentioned ruthenium (1) and R12a. Specific examples of the alkylaminecarbamyl group include methylamine methyl sulfonyl group, ethyl amine fluorenyl group, phenethylamine methyl fluorenyl group, 2-ethylhexylamine carbaryl group, and 2-ethyl group. Oxyethylamine carbenyl, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethylaminecarbamyl, and the like. The arylaminecarbamyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is represented by _C0_NR62aR63a, and R62a represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent H R63a and which may have a hydrogen atom, may have a substituent, and may have a substituent. base. The preferred carbon number of the alkyl group, which may have a substituent, may be the same as the substituent which the above-mentioned Rlla 101110090 86 201245131 R12a may have. The preferred carbon number of the aryl group and the substituent which may be present are the same as those exemplified in the case of the above aryl group of R13a. Specific examples of the arylamine fluorenyl group include a phenylamine methyl fluorenyl group, a naphthylamino fluorenyl group, a p-tolylamine carbhydryl group, and a p-methoxyphenylamine fluorenyl group. The alkylamine sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is represented by ?S?2-NR64aR65a, and R? each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a group which may have a substituent. The preferred carbon number of the alkyl group, which may have a substituent, may be the same as the substituent which the alkyl group in the above Rlla & R12a may have. Specific examples of the alkylamine sulfonyl group include a mercaptoamine sulfonyl group, an ethylamine hydrazino group, a phenethylamine continuation group, a 2-ethylhexylamine hydrazino group, and a 2-ethyl group. The oxyethylamine stone is only a base, 2-(2-ethyllacylethoxy)ethylamine, and the like. The arylamine sulfonyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is represented by -S〇2_NR66aR67a, and R66a represents an aryl group which may have a substituent. Fa represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and an aryl group which may have a substituent. The preferred carbon number of the alkyl group and the substituent which may be present are the same as those of the alkyl group in the above R11a and R12a. The preferred carbon number of the aryl group and the substituent which may be present are the same as those exemplified in the case of the above aryl group of R13a. Specific examples of the arylamine sulfonyl group include a phenylamine fluorenyl group, a naphthylamine sulfonyl group, a p-nonylphenyl sulfonyl group, a p-nonyloxyalkyl sulfonyl group, and the like. The alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is represented by _c〇7 R68a 101110090 87 201245131, and R68a represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent. The preferred carbon number of the alkyl group and the substituent which may be present are the same as those of the above-mentioned alkyl group and the alkyl group. Specific examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group include a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxy group, a phenethyloxy group, a 2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyl group, and a 2-ethoxyethoxy group. , 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxymethyl and the like. The aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is represented by _c〇_〇R69a, and R09a represents an aryl group which may have a substituent. The preferred carbon number of the aryl group, which may have a substituent, may be the same as the substituent of the above aryl group in R23a. Specific examples of the aryloxycarbonyl group include a phenoxycarbonyl group, a naphthyloxycarbonyl group, a p-tolyloxycarbonyl group, and a p-methoxyphenoxycarbonyl group. The fluorenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is represented by -COR7Ga, and R7〇a represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, and a preferred carbon number of the alkyl group may have Examples of the substituent may be the same as the substituent which the alkyl group in the above R11a and Rl2a may have. The preferred carbon number of the aryl group, which may have a substituent, is the same as exemplified in the case of the above aryl group of Rlh. Specific examples of the brewing base include an ethyl hydrazino group, a benzoinyl group, and a 2-ethylhexylcarbonyl group. The alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is represented by ·S〇2_R7la'. R713 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent. The preferred carbon number of the alkyl group and the substituent which may be present are the same as those of the alkyl group of the above Rlla and Rlh. Specific examples of the alkylsulfonyl group include a methyl sulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, a phenethylsulfonyl group, a 2-ethylhexylsulfonyl group, and 101110090 88 201245131 2-ethoxy group. Ethylsulfonyl, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethylsulfonyl and the like. The arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is represented by -S02-R72a, and R72a represents an aryl group which may have a substituent. The preferred carbon number of the aryl group, which may have a substituent, may be the same as the substituent of the above aryl group in R23a. Specific examples of the arylsulfonyl group include a phenylsulfonyl group, a naphthylsulfonyl group, a p-tolylsulfonyl group, a p-nonoxyphenylsulfonyl group, and the like. [Specific Example of Compound (VII)] Hereinafter, preferred specific examples of the compound (VII) are shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [化66]
101110090 89 201245131 [化 67]101110090 89 201245131 [Chemistry 67]
號、特開2005-126529號、特開2005-226022號、特開 2006-58701 號、特開 2006-124634 號、特開 2009-2180691 號、特開2009-299030號、特開2010-1469號、特開 2010-152160 號、特開 2010-168531 號、特開 2010-275533 號、特開2011-148989號、特開2011-148990號、特開 2011-148991號各公報中所記載之定酮偶氮染料,日本專 利特開2011-148992號、特開2011-148993號各公報中所記 載之經錯合化之吡啶酮偶氮染料,日本專利特開 2006-265495號公報中所記載之經聚合物化之吡啶酮偶氮染 料,日本專利特開2010-170073號及特開2〇1〇_275531號各 公報中所記載之經二聚化之吡啶_偶氮染料。 101110090 90 201245131 [其他色材] 本發明之著色樹脂組成物包含(A)染料作為色材,除該染 料以外,亦可併用其他色材。 作為其他色材,可列舉:顏料等,可根據所期望之像素顏 色而適當組合使用。 例如,於形成藍色像素時,於染料包含化合物(II)或(VI) 之情形時,作為可併用之顏料,較佳地使用紫色顏料。 作為紫色顏料,可列舉:C.I.顏料紫1、1:1、2、2:2、 3、 3 :卜 3 : 3、5、5 :卜 14、15、16、19、23、25、27、 29、31、32、37、39、42、44、47、49、50 等。該等之中, 較佳為C.I.顏料紫19、23等,更佳為C.I.顏料紫23等。 又,於形成藍色像素時,於染料包含化合物(III)〜(V)之 情形時,作為可併用之顏料,較佳地使用藍色顏料。 作為藍色顏料,例如可列舉:C.I.顏料藍1、1 : 2、9、14、 15 、 15 : 1 、 15 : 2 、 15 : 3 、 15 : 4 、 15 : 6 、 16 、 17 、 19 、 25、27、28、29、33、35、36、56、56 : 1、60、61、61 : 1、 62、63、66、67、68、71、72、73、74、75 ' 76、78、79 等。 該等之中,較佳為藍色銅酞菁顏料,作為該銅酞菁顏料, 可較佳地列舉:C.I.顏料藍15、15 : 1、15 : 2、15 : 3、15 : 4、 15 : 6等,更佳為C.I.顏料藍15 : 6。 又,於形成綠色像素時,於染料包含化合物(VII)之情形 101110090 91 201245131 時,作為可併用之顏料,較佳地使用綠色晝素。 作為綠色顏料,可列舉:C.L顏料綠1、2、4、7、8、10、 13、Η、15、17、18、19、26、36、45、48、50、5卜 54、 55、58等。該等之中’較佳為CI.顏料綠7、36、58等。 尤其是於使用C.I.顏料綠58之情形時,就易於獲得本發 明之效果之方面而言較佳。 另外,亦可適當含有黃色顏料或紅色顏料等。作為該等顏 料,例如可使用日本專利特開2009-25813號公報中所記載 之顏料。 再者,於在色材中包含顏料之情形時,顏料之平均—次粒 徑通常為100 nm以下,較佳為80 nm以下’更佳為2〇 nm 以上70 nm以下。本發明於包含經高度微粒化之顏料之組成 物之情形時尤為有效,因此尤佳為包含平均—次粒徑2〇nm 以上60 nm以下顏料之情形。 藉由將所使用之顏料之平均一次粒徑設於上述範圍,可獲 得良好地保持消偏特性、實現高對比度或穿透率等、且分散 穩定性良好、耐熱性或耐光性亦優異之顏料分散液及著色樹 脂組成物。 再者,顏料之一次粒徑可藉由如下方法而求出。 首先,於氣仿中對顏料進行超音波分散,將其滴於貼附有 膠棉膜之網上,加以乾燥,藉由穿透電子顯微鏡(TEM, Transmission Electron Microscopy)觀察獲得顏料之一次粒子 101110090 92 201245131 像。其中,於有機顏料之情形時,將各個顏料粒子之粒徑設 為換算成相同面積之圓之直徑的面積圓相當徑,分別求出複 數個(通常為200〜300個左右)顏料粒子之粒徑。使用所獲 得之一次粒徑之值,如下述計算式所示,計算個數平均值, 求出平均粒徑。 [數1] 各個顏料粒子之粒徑:……,xl5……xm 平均粒徑/m i=l 如此所獲得之顏料可單獨使用,亦可於無損本發明之效之 範圍内混合使用1種或2種以上顏料。 (色材之含量) 本發明之著色樹脂組成物中所包含之色材之含量根據所 期望之像素顏色而不同,例如上述(A)染料及其他色材之總 含量,相對於所有固形份,通常為1重量%以上,較佳為3 重量%以上,更佳為5重量%以上,又通常為50重量%以下, 更佳為40重量%以下,更佳為30重量%以下。 若在上述範圍内,則相對於色濃度而言膜厚適度,易於控 制液晶單元化時之間隙。進而,分散穩定性高,不易發生再 凝集或增黏等,因此較佳。 [⑻溶劑] 本發明中之(B)溶劑具有溶解或分散著色樹脂組成物中所 包含之各成分、調節黏度的功能。 101110090 93 201245131 作為该(B)溶劑,只要 > & > 、要了/合解或分散構成著色樹脂組成物 、刀者即可,較佳為選擇彿點為 100〜200°c之範圍 者。更佳為沸點為120〜ι7〇ΐ者。 作為此種溶劑’例如可列舉:如下者。 乙一醇單曱喊、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丙鍵、乙二醇單 丁醚、丙二醇單曱醚、丙二醇-單第三丁醚、二乙二醇單曱 謎、二^二醇單乙趟、甲氧基甲基戊醇、丙二醇單乙趟、二 丙-醇早乙㈣、二丙二醇單甲n曱基_3_曱氧基丁醇、三 丙二醇單曱醚之類的二醇單烷醚類; 乙一醇一曱轉、乙二醇二乙趟、二乙二醇二甲驗、二乙二 醇二"'二乙二醇二㈣、二乙二醇二頂之類的二醇二 烧醚類; 乙二醇單甲驗乙酸醋、乙二醇單乙驗乙酸醋、丙二醇單甲 醚乙酸S旨、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸g旨、丙二醇單㈣乙酸醋、乙 酸甲氧基丁酷、乙酸3_甲氧基丁醋、乙酸甲氧基戊醋、二 乙二醇單乙趟乙酸S旨、二乙二醇單丁驗乙酸酯、二丙二醇單 甲ϋ乙酸S旨、乙酸3·甲基·3_甲氧基丁酯之類的二醇烧鍵乙 酸酯類; 二乙醚、二丙醚、二異丙醚、二戊醚、乙基異丁醚、二己 醚之類的醚類; 丙酮、甲基乙酮、曱基戊酮、甲基異丙酮、甲基異戊酮、 二異丙酮、二異丁酮、甲基異丁酮、環己酮、乙基戊酮、甲 101110090 94 201245131 基厂綱、甲基己_、曱基壬酮之類的酮類; 乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、己醇、環己醇、乙二醇、丙二醇、二 乙二醇、二丙二醇、甘油之類的一元或多元醇類; 正戍烧、正辛院、二異丁烯、正己烧、己埽、異戊二烯、 一戊稀、十一烷之類的脂肪族烴類; 壤己烧、甲基環己烧、甲基環己稀、聯環己基之類的脂環 式烴類; & 苯甲笨、一甲苯、異丙苯之類的芳香族烴類; T酸戊酯、甲酸乙酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸丙酯、 乙酸戊醋、異τ酸曱§旨、乙二醇乙酸s旨、丙酸乙s旨、丙酸丙 醋、丁酸丁酉I、丁酸異丁醋、異赂酸曱@旨、辛酸乙酉旨、硬脂 酸丁醋、苯甲ghg旨、3·乙氧基丙酸甲g旨、3·乙氧基丙酸乙 酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3_甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3_甲氧基丙酸 丙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丁酯、τ_丁内酯之類的鏈狀或環狀酯 類; 丙酸3_甲氧酯、丙酸3_乙氧酯之類的羧酸烷氧酯類; 氣丁烷、氯戊烷之類的齒化烴類; 曱氧基曱基戊酮之類的醚酮類; 乙腈、苯曱腈之類的腈類;No. 2005-126529, special opening 2005-226022, special opening 2006-58701, special opening 2006-124634, special opening 2009-2180691, special opening 2009-299030, special opening 2010-1469 The ketones described in the publications of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-152160, JP-A-2010-168531, JP-A-2010-275533, JP-A-2011-148989, JP-A-2011-148990, and JP-A-2011-148991 The azo dyes, the mis-formed pyridone azo dyes described in each of JP-A-2011-148993, and JP-A-2011-148993, the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-265495 The polymerized pyridone azo dye, the dimerized pyridine-azo dye described in each of JP-A-2010-170073 and JP-A-2002-275531. 101110090 90 201245131 [Other color materials] The colored resin composition of the present invention contains (A) a dye as a color material, and other color materials may be used in combination with the dye. Examples of the other color material include pigments and the like, and can be appropriately combined and used depending on the desired pixel color. For example, when a blue pixel is formed, when the dye contains the compound (II) or (VI), a violet pigment is preferably used as the pigment which can be used in combination. As the purple pigment, CI Pigment Violet 1, 1:1, 2, 2: 2, 3, 3: Bu 3: 3, 5, 5: Bu 14, 15, 16, 19, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 32, 37, 39, 42, 44, 47, 49, 50, etc. Among these, C.I. Pigment Violet 19, 23, etc. are preferable, and C.I. Pigment Violet 23 etc. are more preferable. Further, when the blue pixel is formed, when the dye contains the compound (III) to (V), a blue pigment is preferably used as the pigment which can be used in combination. Examples of the blue pigment include CI Pigment Blue 1, 1: 2, 9, 14, 15, 15 : 1 , 15 : 2 , 15 : 3 , 15 : 4 , 15 : 6 , 16 , 17 , 19 , 25, 27, 28, 29, 33, 35, 36, 56, 56: 1, 60, 61, 61: 1, 62, 63, 66, 67, 68, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75 '76, 78, 79, etc. Among these, a blue copper phthalocyanine pigment is preferable, and as the copper phthalocyanine pigment, CI Pigment Blue 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15 is preferably exemplified. : 6 etc., more preferably CI Pigment Blue 15: 6. Further, in the case of forming a green pixel, in the case where the dye contains the compound (VII) 101110090 91 201245131, it is preferable to use green halogen as the pigment which can be used in combination. As the green pigment, CL pigment green 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 13, Η, 15, 17, 18, 19, 26, 36, 45, 48, 50, 5, 54, 55, 58 and so on. Among these, 'preferably CI. Pigment Green 7, 7, 58, and the like. Particularly in the case of using C.I. Pigment Green 58, it is preferable in terms of easily obtaining the effects of the present invention. Further, a yellow pigment or a red pigment or the like may be appropriately contained. As such pigments, for example, the pigments described in JP-A-2009-25813 can be used. Further, when the pigment is contained in the color material, the average particle diameter of the pigment is usually 100 nm or less, preferably 80 nm or less, more preferably 2 Å nm or more and 70 nm or less. The present invention is particularly effective in the case of a composition containing a highly micronized pigment, and therefore it is particularly preferable to include a pigment having an average-secondary particle diameter of 2 〇 nm or more and 60 nm or less. By setting the average primary particle diameter of the pigment to be used in the above range, it is possible to obtain a pigment which exhibits excellent depolarization characteristics, high contrast, transmittance, and the like, and which has excellent dispersion stability and excellent heat resistance and light resistance. Dispersion and coloring resin composition. Further, the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be obtained by the following method. First, the pigment was ultrasonically dispersed in a gas imitation, dropped on a web to which a rubber film was attached, dried, and observed by a transmission electron microscope (TEM, Transmission Electron Microscopy) to obtain a primary particle of the pigment 101110090 92 201245131 Like. In the case of an organic pigment, the particle diameter of each pigment particle is defined as an area circle equivalent diameter of a circle of the same area, and a plurality of (usually about 200 to 300) pigment particles are obtained. path. Using the value of the obtained primary particle diameter, the average value is calculated as shown in the following calculation formula, and the average particle diameter is determined. [Number 1] Particle diameter of each pigment particle: ..., xl5...xm Average particle diameter / mi = l The pigment thus obtained may be used singly or in combination within the range of the effect of the present invention. Two or more kinds of pigments. (Content of Color Material) The content of the color material contained in the colored resin composition of the present invention varies depending on the desired pixel color, for example, the total content of the above (A) dye and other color materials, relative to all solid parts. It is usually 1% by weight or more, preferably 3% by weight or more, more preferably 5% by weight or more, still more preferably 50% by weight or less, still more preferably 40% by weight or less, still more preferably 30% by weight or less. When it is within the above range, the film thickness is moderate with respect to the color density, and it is easy to control the gap at the time of liquid crystal cell formation. Further, it is preferable because it has high dispersion stability and is less likely to cause re-aggregation or thickening. [(8) Solvent] The solvent (B) in the present invention has a function of dissolving or dispersing each component contained in the colored resin composition and adjusting the viscosity. 101110090 93 201245131 As the (B) solvent, as long as >&> is required, combined or dispersed to form a colored resin composition or a knife, it is preferable to select a range of 100 to 200 ° C. By. More preferably, the boiling point is 120~ι7〇ΐ. As such a solvent, for example, the following may be mentioned. Ethyl alcohol, single ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl bond, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monoterpene ether, propylene glycol - single third butyl ether, diethylene glycol single 曱 mystery, two ^ two Alcohol monoethyl hydrazine, methoxymethylpentanol, propylene glycol monoethyl hydrazine, dipropanol early B (tetra), dipropylene glycol monomethyl n-decyl _3_ decyloxybutanol, tripropylene glycol monoterpene ether Glycol monoalkyl ethers; ethylene glycol monohydrazine, ethylene glycol diacetamidine, diethylene glycol dimethyl diacetate, diethylene glycol di "'diethylene glycol di(tetra), diethylene glycol Classes of diol dialkyl ethers; ethylene glycol monoacetic acid vinegar, ethylene glycol monoacetic acid vinegar, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate S, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate g, propylene glycol mono (tetra) acetic acid vinegar, acetic acid Oxybutanol, acetic acid 3-methoxybutyrate, methoxyacetic acid acetate, diethylene glycol monoacetic acid acetic acid, diethylene glycol monobutyl acetate, dipropylene glycol monomethyl acetic acid Glycol-burning acetates such as acetic acid 3·methyl·3_methoxybutyl ester; diethyl ether, dipropyl ether, diisopropyl ether, dipentyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, dihexyl Ether such as ether ; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, decyl ketone, methyl isopropanone, methyl isoamyl ketone, diisopropanone, diisobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, ethyl pentanone, methyl 101110090 94 201245131 Ketones such as basal, methylhexyl, decyl fluorenone; ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, Monohydric or polyhydric alcohols such as glycerin; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as 戍 戍, Zheng Xin Yuan, diisobutylene, n-hexan, hexan, isoprene, pentane, undecane; , alicyclic hydrocarbons such as methylcyclohexane, methylcyclohexene, and cyclohexyl; & aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzophenone, mono-toluene, and cumene; Ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isotonic acid 曱, glycol acetic acid s, propionic acid s, propionate propyl vinegar, butyrate butyrate I, Butyric acid butyric acid, isoflavone@, octanoic acid, butyl succinate, benzo ghg, 3 ethoxy propionate, 3, ethoxy propionate, 3 -methoxypropane a chain or cyclic ester such as methyl ester, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate or tau-butyrolactone; Alkoxylates of carboxylic acid such as 3-methoxypropionate or 3-ethoxypropionate; dentate hydrocarbons such as gas butane and chloropentane; Ether ketones; nitriles such as acetonitrile or benzoquinone;
作為相當於上述之市售之溶劑’可列舉:礦油精、BARSOL # 2、Apco# 18 溶劑、Apco 稀釋劑、Socal 溶劑 No.l 及 Νο.2、 SolveSSO#150、ShellTS28溶劑、卡必醇、乙基卡必醇、丁 101110090 95 201245131 基卡必醇、曱基赛路蘇、乙基赛路蘇、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、 曱基赛路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲醚(均為商品名)等。 5亥·#溶劑可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 上述溶劑中,就前述本發明之(八)染料之溶解性之方面而 吕,較佳為二醇單烷醚類。其中,尤其是就組成物中之各種 構成成分之溶解性之方面而言,尤佳為丙二醇單曱醚。 又,例如於包含之後述顏料作為任意成分之情形時,就塗 佈丨生、表面張力等之平衡性良好、組成物中之構成成分之溶 解度相對尚之方面而言,更佳為進而混合使用二醇烧醚乙酸 酯類作為溶劑。再者,於包含顏料之組成物中,二醇單烷醚 類之極性高’有使顏料凝集之傾向,有增大著色樹脂組成物 之黏度等、降低保存穩定性的情形。因此,二醇單烷醚類之 使用量不宜過多,(B)溶劑中之二醇單烷醚類之比例較佳為 5〜50重量%,更佳為5〜3〇重量%。 又’就對於最近對應於大型基板等之狹縫塗佈方式的適應 性之觀點而言,併用具有l5〇〇c以上之沸點之溶劑亦較佳。 於該情形時,此種高沸點溶劑之含量,相對於(B)溶劑整體, 較佳為3〜50重量。/。,更佳為5〜4〇重量%,尤佳為5〜3〇 重置°/。。若高沸點溶劑之量過少,則有例如染料成分等於狹 縫喷嘴前端析出或固化而引起異物缺陷之可能性,又,若過 多,則組成物之乾燥速度變慢,有於之後述彩色濾光片製造 步驟中引起減壓乾燥步驟之製程不良、或預烘烤之氣孔痕跡 101110090 96 201245131 等問題之虞。 再者,沸點150°C以上之溶劑可為二醇烷醚乙酸酯類,亦 可為二醇糾類,於該情形時,亦可不含有其他沸點15代 以上之溶劑。 於本發明之著色樹脂組成物中,(B)溶劑之含量並無特別 限制,其上限通常設為99重量%。於組成物中之(B)溶劑之 含量超過99重量%之情形時,除(B)溶劑以外各成分之濃度 變得過小,有不適合形成塗佈膜之虞。另一方面,考慮到適 於塗佈之黏性等,(B)溶劑之含量之下限值通常為75重量 % ’較佳為80重量%,更佳為82重量%。 [(C)黏合樹脂] (C)黏合樹脂根據硬化手段,較佳之樹脂不同。 於本發明之著色樹脂組成物為光聚合性樹脂組成物之情 形時’作為黏合樹脂(C),例如可使用日本專利特開平 7-207211 號、特開平 8-259876 號、特開平 10-300922 號、 特開平11-140144號、特開平11-174224號、特開2000-56118 號、特開2003-233179號等各公報等中所記載之高分子化合 物,其中,較佳為可列舉:下述(C-1)〜(C-5)之樹脂等。 (C-1):相對於含環氧基之(曱基)丙烯酸酯、與其他自由基 聚合性單體之共聚物,使不飽和一元酸加成於該共聚物所具 有之環氧基之至少一部分上而成之樹脂,或者使多元酸酐加 成於藉由該加成反應所生成之羥基之至少一部分上所獲得 101110090 97 201245131 之驗可溶性樹脂(以下有稱作「樹脂(c])」之情形) (C-2).含羧基之直鏈狀鹼可溶性樹脂(c_ 「樹脂(C-2)」之情形} (C 3)使3 %氧基之不飽和化合物加成於上述樹 之敌基部分*成之樹脂(以下有稱作「樹脂(c_3)」· (C-4) ·(曱基)丙稀酸系樹脂(以下有稱作「樹腊(形) )」之 情形) 樹脂 (C-5).具有缓基之環氧丙烤酸酯樹脂(以下有稱作 (C-5)之情形」 其中,尤佳為可列舉:樹脂(C_1),以下說明該樹脂。 再者,樹脂(C-2)〜(C-5)只要為可溶解於鹼性顯影液、具 有完成設為目標之顯影處理之程度的溶解性者,則可為任 意,分別與日本專利特開2009-025813號公報中記為同項目 者相同。較佳之態樣亦相同。 (C-1):相對於含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、與其他自由基 聚合性單體之共聚物,使不飽和一元酸加成於該共聚物所具 有之環氧基之至少一部分上而成之樹脂,或者使多元酸酐加 成於藉由該加成反應所生成之羥基之至少一部分上所獲得 之鹼可溶性樹月旨 作為樹脂(C-1)之尤佳之樹脂之一,可列舉:相對於含環 氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯5〜90莫耳%、與其他自由基聚合性 單體1〇〜95莫耳%之共聚物,使不飽和一元酸加成於該共 98 101110090 201245131 聚物所具有之環氧基之10〜100莫耳%上而成的樹脂,或者 使多元酸酐加成於藉由該加成反應所生成之羥基之10〜 100莫耳%上所獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂。 作為該含環氧基之(曱基)丙烯酸酯,例如可例示:(曱基) 丙烯酸環氧丙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧丁酯、(曱基)丙烯 酸(3,4-環氧環己基)曱酯、(曱基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯環氧丙 醚等。其中,較佳為(曱基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯。該等含環氧基 之(曱基)丙烯酸酯可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 作為可與上述含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚合之其他 自由基聚合性單體,只要無損本發明之效果則並無特別限 制,例如可列舉:乙烯系芳香族類、二烯類、(曱基)丙烯酸 酯類、(曱基)丙烯酸醯胺類、乙烯系化合物類、不飽和二羧 酸二酯類、單順丁烯二醯亞胺類等,尤佳為具有下述式(7) 所表示之構造之單(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 源自具有下述式(7)所表示之構造之單(曱基)丙烯酸酯之 重複單元,於源自「其他自由基聚合性單體」之重複單元中, 較佳為含有5〜90莫耳%,更佳為含有10〜70莫耳%,尤 佳為含有15〜50莫耳%。 [化 68] R的 H2C=C—C—R90As a solvent equivalent to the above-mentioned commercially available ones, there may be mentioned mineral spirits, BARSOL #2, Apco #18 solvent, Apco diluent, Socal solvent No.l and Νο.2, SolveSSO#150, ShellTS28 solvent, carbitol. , Ethyl carbitol, Ding 101110090 95 201245131 Kikabi Alcohol, Acrylic Cyrus, Ethyl Cyrus, Ethyl Acetate Acetate, Mercapto Luce Acetate, Diethylene Glycol Dimethyl ether (all trade names) and the like. The 5 HAI·# solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among the above solvents, in view of the solubility of the dye of the above (8) of the present invention, a diol monoalkyl ether is preferred. Among them, propylene glycol monoterpene ether is particularly preferable in terms of solubility of various constituents in the composition. Further, for example, when a pigment described later is contained as an optional component, the balance between coating application, surface tension, and the like is good, and the solubility of the constituent components in the composition is relatively good. The alcohol burns ether acetate as a solvent. Further, in the composition containing a pigment, the diol monoalkyl ether has a high polarity, and tends to aggregate the pigment, and the viscosity of the colored resin composition is increased to lower the storage stability. Therefore, the amount of the diol monoalkyl ether to be used is not excessive, and the ratio of the diol monoalkyl ether in the solvent (B) is preferably 5 to 50% by weight, more preferably 5 to 3% by weight. Further, from the viewpoint of the adaptability to the slit coating method of a large substrate or the like recently, it is also preferable to use a solvent having a boiling point of 15 〇〇 c or more. In this case, the content of such a high boiling point solvent is preferably from 3 to 50% by weight based on the total amount of the solvent (B). /. More preferably, it is 5~4〇% by weight, especially preferably 5~3〇 Reset °/. . When the amount of the high-boiling solvent is too small, for example, the dye component is equal to the possibility of precipitation or solidification of the tip end of the slit nozzle to cause foreign matter defects, and if too large, the drying speed of the composition is slow, and color filtering is described later. In the sheet manufacturing step, the process of the vacuum drying step is poor, or the pre-baked pore marks 101110090 96 201245131 and the like. Further, the solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C or higher may be a glycol alkyl ether acetate or a glycol, and in this case, it may not contain a solvent having a boiling point of 15 or more. In the colored resin composition of the present invention, the content of the solvent (B) is not particularly limited, and the upper limit is usually set to 99% by weight. When the content of the solvent (B) in the composition exceeds 99% by weight, the concentration of each component other than the solvent (B) becomes too small, and it is not suitable for forming a coating film. On the other hand, the lower limit of the content of the solvent (B) is usually 75 wt%, preferably 80 wt%, more preferably 82 wt%, in view of the viscosity suitable for coating or the like. [(C) Adhesive Resin] (C) The adhesive resin is preferably a resin depending on the curing means. In the case where the colored resin composition of the present invention is a photopolymerizable resin composition, 'as a binder resin (C), for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 7-207211, No. Hei 8-259876, and No. Hei 10-300922 The polymer compound described in each of the publications of the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The resins (C-1) to (C-5) are described. (C-1): an unsaturated monobasic acid is added to the epoxy group of the copolymer with respect to a copolymer of an epoxy group-containing (fluorenyl) acrylate and another radical polymerizable monomer. a resin obtained by at least a part of the resin or a polybasic acid anhydride obtained by adding at least a part of the hydroxyl group formed by the addition reaction, 101110090 97 201245131 (hereinafter referred to as "resin (c))" (C-2). A linear alkali-soluble resin containing a carboxyl group (c_ "Resin (C-2)") (C3) Adding a 3 % oxy-unsaturated compound to the above tree Resin based on the base part (hereinafter referred to as "resin (c_3)" (C-4) · (mercapto) acrylic resin (hereinafter referred to as "tree wax (shape))") Resin (C-5). A propylene oxide resin having a slow-base (hereinafter referred to as (C-5).) Among them, a resin (C_1) is exemplified, and the resin will be described below. The resin (C-2) to (C-5) may be any one which is soluble in an alkaline developer and has a solubility to the extent that the target development treatment is completed. It is the same as that of the same item in the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-025813. The preferred embodiment is the same. (C-1): relative to the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate, and other freedoms a copolymer of a base polymerizable monomer, a resin obtained by adding an unsaturated monobasic acid to at least a part of an epoxy group of the copolymer, or a polybasic acid anhydride added to be formed by the addition reaction The alkali-soluble tree obtained on at least a part of the hydroxyl group is one of the resins which are particularly preferable as the resin (C-1), and it is exemplified by 5 to 90 mol with respect to the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate. %, a copolymer of 1% to 95% by mole with other radical polymerizable monomers, and an unsaturated monobasic acid is added to 10 to 100 mol% of the epoxy group of the total 98 101110090 201245131 polymer a resin obtained by adding a polybasic acid anhydride to an alkali-soluble resin obtained by 10 to 100 mol% of a hydroxyl group formed by the addition reaction. As the epoxy group-containing (fluorenyl) acrylate For example, (曱-based) glycidyl acrylate, ( (3)-butyl butyl acrylate, (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) decyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl epoxide (meth) acrylate, etc. The epoxy group-containing (fluorenyl) acrylate may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds thereof as the epoxy group-containing (meth) group. The other radical polymerizable monomer to which the acrylate is copolymerized is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, and examples thereof include a vinyl aromatic type, a diene type, and a (meth) acrylate type. a decyl acrylate, a vinyl compound, an unsaturated dicarboxylic acid diester, a mono-n-butylene diimine, etc., and a mono-methyl group having a structure represented by the following formula (7) is particularly preferable. )Acrylate. The repeating unit derived from a mono(indenyl) acrylate having a structure represented by the following formula (7) is preferably contained in a repeating unit derived from "other radical polymerizable monomer", preferably 5 to 90%. The ear %, more preferably contains 10 to 70 mol%, and particularly preferably contains 15 to 50 mol%. H2C=C—C—R90
II 0 101110090 99 (7) 201245131 上述式(7)中,R89表示氫原子或甲基,R90表示下述式(8) 所表示之構造。 [化 69]II 0 101110090 99 (7) 201245131 In the above formula (7), R89 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R90 represents a structure represented by the following formula (8). [化69]
上述式(8)中,R91〜R98各自獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1〜 3之烷基。再者,R96與R98可相互連結而形成環。 R96與R98連結所形成之環較佳為脂肪族環,飽和或不飽 和均可,更佳為碳數為5〜6。 其中,於式(8)所表示之構造中,尤佳為下述構造式(8a)、 (8b)、或(8c)所表示者。 [化 70]In the above formula (8), R91 to R98 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Furthermore, R96 and R98 can be linked to each other to form a ring. The ring formed by the linking of R96 and R98 is preferably an aliphatic ring, either saturated or unsaturated, more preferably having a carbon number of 5 to 6. Among them, in the structure represented by the formula (8), those represented by the following structural formulae (8a), (8b), or (8c) are particularly preferable. [化70]
101110090 100 201245131 再者,具有上述式(8)所麵之構造之單(甲基)㊉稀酸黯可 單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 作為除具有上述式⑻所表示之構造之單(甲基)丙稀酸st 以外的「其他自由基聚合性單體」,就可提高著色樹脂組: 物之_性及強度之方面而言,可列舉:苯乙豨、(甲基)内 烯酸-正丁醋、(甲基)丙烯酸_第三丁醋、(甲基)丙烯醆;己 醋、(甲基)丙稀酸異龍腦g旨、(甲基)丙婦酸金剛燒醋、(甲基 丙烯酸节醋、(曱基)丙_2•經基乙醋、N_苯基順丁稀二土酿 亞胺、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺。 源自選自上述單體群中之至少1種重複單it之含量較佳 為1〜70莫耳%,更佳為3〜50莫耳〇/〇。 再者’上述含環氧基之(甲基)丙稀酸酯、與上述其他自由 基聚合性單體的共聚合反應可制公知之驗聚合法。 於本發明中,作為上述含環氧基之(曱基)丙稀酸醋與上述 其他自由絲合性單體之共聚物,較佳為含有源自含環氧基 之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之重複單元5〜9〇莫耳%、與源自其他自 由基聚合性單體之重複單元1〇〜95莫耳%者,更佳為含有 前者20〜80莫耳%、與之後者8〇〜2〇莫耳%者,尤佳為含 有前者30〜70莫耳%、之後者70〜30莫耳。/。者。 若在上述範圍内,則之後述聚合性成分及驗可溶性成分之 加成量充分’且耐熱性或強度充分,因此較佳。 使以上述方式所合成之含環氧基之共聚物之環氧基部分 101110090 101 201245131 與不飽和-元酸(聚合性成分 可溶性成分)進行反應。 反應進而與多元酸酐(鹼 此處,作為使加成於環 知者,例如可列舉.罝 土之不飽和—元酸,可使用公 作為具體例,可舰性不飽和雙鍵之不飽和敌酸。 對乙烯基笨甲酸H(甲基M稀酸、丁烯酸、鄰、間、 硕基、或氰基等取代=二:基、院氧基、齒素原子、 佳為(曱基㈣料單魏等。其中,較 上。)丙私料可單獨使用β,亦可併用2種以 ^加成此種齡,可對树心所❹絲合樹脂 聚合性 一元酸通常加成於上述共聚物所具有之環氧 基之〜100莫耳%,較佳為3〇〜 〜100莫耳%。若在吳斗/。更佳為50 藉m 灿圍内,則著色樹脂組成物之經時 二疋1 此較佳。再者,作為使不飽和-元酸加成於 共聚物之環氧基上之方法,可採用公知之方法。 進而’作為使加成於使不飽和—元酸加成於共聚物之環氣 基時所生成之縣上之多元酸酐,可❹公知者。 例如可列舉·順丁烯二酸酐、號_野、衣康酸肝、鄰苯 二f酸軒、四氫鄰苯二f酸肝、六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、氯菌酸 酐等二元酸酐,·偏苯三酸酐、均苯四^酸酐、二苯基嗣四幾 酸酐、聯苯基四紐酐等三相上之酸之酸酐。其卜較佳 101U0090 102 201245131 及四氣鄰苯二甲酸針。該等多元酸 1種,亦可併用2種以上。 鹼可溶性 Μ加成此種成分,可對本發明情使用絲合樹脂賦予 、該等多元岐通常加成於藉由使不飽和-it酸加成於上 述”聚物所具有 < 環氧基上所生成之減之10〜1〇〇莫耳 /〇車又佳為20〜9〇莫耳%,更佳為3〇〜8〇莫耳%。 右在上述犯圍内’則顯影時之殘膜率及溶解性充分,因此 較佳。 可採用公知 再者,作為使多元酸酐加成於該羥基之方法, 之方法。 進而,為了提高光感度,可於加成前述多元酸酐之後,於 所生成之缓基之-部分上加成(甲基)丙稀酸環氧丙醋或具 有聚合性不飽和基之環氧丙㈣合物。關於此種樹脂之構 造,例如於日本專利特開平8_297366號公報或特開 2001-89533號公報中作有記載。 上述之黏合樹脂(c-i)之利用GPC(Gel Permeati〇n101110090 100 201245131 Further, the mono(methyl)thene sulphate having the structure of the above formula (8) may be used singly or in combination of two or more. As the "other radical polymerizable monomer" other than the mono(methyl)acrylic acid st having the structure represented by the above formula (8), the colored resin group can be improved in terms of properties and strength. Examples thereof include: phenethyl hydrazine, (meth) enoic acid-n-butyl vinegar, (meth)acrylic acid _ third butyl vinegar, (meth) propylene hydrazine; hexyl vinegar, (meth) acrylic acid isoborneol g, (methyl) propyl acetoacetate vinegar, (methacrylic acid vinegar, (mercapto) propionate 2 • trans-ethyl vinegar, N-phenyl cis-butyl diimide, imine, N-ring The content of at least one repeating mono which is selected from the above monomer group is preferably from 1 to 70 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 50 mol%/〇. The copolymerization process of the above-mentioned epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and the above other radical polymerizable monomer can be carried out by a known polymerization method. In the present invention, as the above epoxy group-containing a copolymer of (mercapto) acrylic acid vinegar and the above other free-fild monomer, preferably containing 5 to 9 mole % of the repeating unit derived from the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate. The repeating unit derived from the other radical polymerizable monomer is from 1% to 95% by mole, more preferably from 20 to 80% by mole of the former, and from 8% to 2% by mole of the latter, particularly preferably The former is 30 to 70% by mole, and the latter is 70 to 30%. If it is within the above range, the amount of addition of the polymerizable component and the soluble component to be described later is sufficiently ', and heat resistance or strength is sufficient. Preferably, the epoxy group 101110090 101 201245131 of the epoxy group-containing copolymer synthesized in the above manner is reacted with an unsaturated-acid acid (polymerizable component soluble component). The reaction is further combined with a polybasic acid anhydride (alkali here). As an example of the addition of the ring to the ring, for example, the unsaturated acid of the bauxite can be used as a specific example, and the unsaturated unsaturated acid of the ship-unsaturated double bond can be used. Methyl M dilute acid, crotonic acid, o-, m-, phenyl, or cyano, etc. = 2: base, alkoxy, dentate atom, good (曱基(四)料单魏, etc. .)) C can be used alone in β, or can be used in combination with 2 to increase the age. The resin-polymerizable monobasic acid is usually added to the epoxy group of the above-mentioned copolymer to 〜100 mol%, preferably 3 〇~ 〜100 mol%. If it is in Wudou/. It is preferable that the colored resin composition is in the range of 50 Å, and further, as a method of adding an unsaturated-acid acid to the epoxy group of the copolymer, a known method can be employed. Further, 'the polybasic acid anhydride in the prefecture which is formed when the unsaturated-acid acid is added to the ring gas group of the copolymer is known. For example, maleic anhydride and the like are mentioned. _ wild, itaconic acid liver, o-benzene di-acid acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid liver, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, chloralic acid anhydride and other dibasic anhydrides, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, two An acid anhydride of a three-phase acid such as phenylindole tetraacic anhydride or biphenyl tetraacetic anhydride. Preferably, it is 101U0090 102 201245131 and a tetra-phthalic acid needle. One type of these polybasic acids may be used in combination of two or more. The addition of an alkali soluble hydrazine to such a component can be imparted to the present invention using a silky resin, which is usually added by adding an unsaturated-it acid to the above-mentioned "polymer" having an epoxy group. The generated reduction of 10~1〇〇莫耳/〇车 is preferably 20~9〇莫耳%, more preferably 3〇~8〇莫耳%. Right in the above-mentioned crimes Since the film ratio and the solubility are sufficient, a method of adding a polybasic acid anhydride to the hydroxyl group may be employed. Further, in order to increase the photosensitivity, the polybasic acid anhydride may be added after the addition of the polybasic acid anhydride. The formed slow-radical-partially added (meth)acrylic acid propylene glycol or a propylene-propylene compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group. Regarding the structure of such a resin, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 8_297366 No. 2001-89533 discloses the above-mentioned adhesive resin (ci) using GPC (Gel Permeati〇n)
Chromatography,凝膠滲透層析法)所測得之以聚苯乙烯換 算計之重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為3〇〇〇〜1〇〇〇〇〇,尤佳為 5000〜50000。若分子量未達3000,則有对熱性或膜強度劣 化之可能性,若超過1〇()_,則有於顯影液中之溶解性不 足之傾向。又,作為分子量分佈之標準,重量平均分子量 101110090 103 201245131 _〇/數平均好量(Mn)之比較佳為 2.0〜5.0。 再者,黏合樹脂(c-i)之酸值通常為1〇〜2〇〇mg_K〇H/g, 較佳為 15〜l5〇mg-KOH/g,更佳為 25〜1〇〇mg_K〇H/ge 若 酉夂值‘父知過低’則有於顯影液中之溶解性降低之情形。相反 地’若過高,則有膜變得粗糙之情形。 (C)黏合樹脂之含量,於所有固形份中,通常為〇丨〜8〇 重量%,較佳為1〜6〇重量〇/0。 若在上述範圍内,則就與基板之密著性良好、且顯影液於 曝光部之浸透性適度、像素之表面平滑性或感度良好之方面 而言較佳。 [(E)聚合性單體] 本發明之著色樹脂組成物含有(E)聚合性單體,此就易於 控制膜中之交聯密度之方面而言較佳。 作為(E)聚合性單體’可使用公知之材料,就於著色樹脂 組成物中之暗反應性較低之方面而言,較佳為具有乙晞性不 飽和雙鍵之化合物。 乙稀性化合物係於本發明之著色樹脂組成物受到活性光 線照射之情形時、藉由之後述光聚合起始成分之作用進行加 成聚合、硬化之類的具有乙烯性雙鍵之化合物。再者,本發 明中之(E)聚合性單體意指相對於所謂高分子物質之概念, 除狹義之單體以外,亦包含二聚物、三聚物、寡聚物。 作為乙烯性化合物,例如可列舉:(曱基)丙烯酸等不飽和 101110090 104 201245131 羧ik,單羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯;脂肪族聚羥基化合 物與不飽和羧酸之酯;芳香族聚羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之 酯;藉由不飽和羧酸、多元羧酸與前述脂肪族聚羥基化合 物、芳香族聚經基化合物等多價減化合物之酉旨化反應所獲 得之酯;使聚異氰酸醋化合物與含有(甲基)丙婦隨基^ 化純進行反應而叙具有祕甲酸酯㈣之叫二 物等。 σ 作為脂肪族聚經基化合物與不飽和_之酉旨,. 了(甲基)丙細旨、三乙二醇二(甲基)丙稀酸醋、+三乙 :基=三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三經甲基乙邮)丙: 曰、季戊叫二(甲基)丙_自旨、季戊四醇 ^季戊__丙烯_、二季戊四 戊叫五(甲基)丙稀酸酉旨、二季戊四醇六(甲其、 丙稀韻、甘油(甲基)丙烯酸醋等(甲基)丙烯 土) 可列舉:該州基则酸叫甲基)帅 = 部分代替而成之衣康咖旨、經丁 _部:衣康酸 醋、或_了稀二酸部分铺 叙丁埽酸 ..順丁烯二酸酯等。 —作為方麵㈣基化合物财姊_之目旨,可 本一酚一(甲基)丙烯酸酯、間苯二酚二 1 苯三紛三(甲基)㈣酸料。—(甲基)丙軸旨、鄰 101110090 藉由不飽和羧酸與多元羧酸及多 應所獲得―定為單-物,亦可為;合:=2 105 201245131 例,可列舉:(曱基)丙烯酸、鄰苯二曱酸、及乙二醇之縮合 物;(甲基)丙烯酸、順丁烯二酸、及二乙二醇之縮合物;(曱 基)丙烯酸、對苯二曱酸、及季戊四醇之縮合物;(甲基)丙烯 酸、己二酸、丁二醇、及甘油之縮合物等。 作為使聚異氰酸酯化合物與含有(曱基)丙烯醯基之羥基 化合物進行反應而成之具有胺基甲酸酯骨架之乙烯性化合 物,可列舉:六亞曱基二異氰酸酯、三曱基六亞曱基二異氰 酸酯等脂肪族二異氰酸酯;環己烷二異氰酸酯、異佛酮二異 氰酸酯等脂環式二異氰酸酯;曱苯二異氰酸酯、二苯基曱烷 二異氰酸酯等芳香族二異氰酸酯、與(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙 酯、3-羥基[1,1,1-三(曱基)丙烯醯基氧基曱基]丙烷等含有(甲 基)丙稀醯基之經基化合物的反應物。 另外,作為本發明中所使用之乙烯性化合物之例,可列 舉:伸乙基雙(甲基)丙烯醯胺等(曱基)丙烯醢胺類;鄰苯二 曱酸二烯丙酯等烯丙酯類;鄰苯二曱酸二乙烯酯等含有乙烯 基之化合物等。 該等之中,較佳為脂肪族聚羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之 酯,更佳為季戊四醇或二季戊四醇之(曱基)丙烯酸酯,尤佳 為二季戊四醇六(曱基)丙烯酸醋。 又,乙烯性化合物亦可為具有酸值之單體。作為具有酸值 之單體,例如為脂肪族聚羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯,較 佳為使脂肪族聚經基化合物之未反應之羥基與非芳香族竣 101110090 106 201245131 酸酐進行反應而成之具有酸基之多官能單體,尤佳為於該酿 中’脂肪族聚經基化合物為季戊四醇及/或二季戊四醇者。 該等單體可單獨使用1種,但就於製造中難以獲得單一之 化合物之方面而言,亦可使用2種以上之混合物。 又,根據。需要,作為⑻聚合性單體,亦可併用不具有酸 基之多官能單體與具有酸基之多官能單體。 文 作為具有酸基之多官能單體之較佳之酸值,為(U〜4Q mg-KOH/g,尤佳為5〜3G mg__g。若該多官 值過低,財顯影溶解特性降低之傾向,若過 2 製,之情形,亦有光聚合性能下 表= 性等硬化性劣化之情形。因此,於併用2種以上^面千滑 之情形時,或於併用不具有如 圍之以料多官料料體之酸基在上述範 司==’更佳之具有酸基之多官能單體係東亞合成公 醋、二季戊⑽::?市售之以二季戊四醇六丙稀酸 -于五丙烯g文酯、二季戊四醇五丙The weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by Chromatography (Polycol Penetration Chromatography) in terms of polystyrene is preferably from 3 Å to 1 Torr, particularly preferably from 5,000 to 50,000. If the molecular weight is less than 3,000, the heat or film strength may be deteriorated. If it exceeds 1 〇 (), the solubility in the developer tends to be insufficient. Further, as a standard of the molecular weight distribution, the weight average molecular weight of 101110090 103 201245131 _ 〇 / number average good amount (Mn) is preferably 2.0 to 5.0. Further, the acid value of the binder resin (ci) is usually from 1 〇 to 2 〇〇 mg_K 〇 H / g, preferably from 15 to 15 〇 mg-KOH / g, more preferably from 25 to 1 〇〇 mg_K 〇 H / Ge If the value of 'the father is too low', the solubility in the developer is lowered. On the contrary, if the ground is too high, there is a case where the film becomes rough. The content of the (C) binder resin is usually 〇丨 8 8% by weight, preferably 1 〇 6 〇 〇 / 0 in all solid parts. When it is in the above range, it is preferable in that the adhesion to the substrate is good, the penetration of the developer in the exposed portion is moderate, and the surface smoothness or sensitivity of the pixel is good. [(E) Polymerizable monomer] The colored resin composition of the present invention contains (E) a polymerizable monomer, which is preferable in terms of easy control of the crosslinking density in the film. A well-known material can be used as the (E) polymerizable monomer, and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is preferable in terms of a low dark reactivity in the colored resin composition. In the case where the colored resin composition of the present invention is irradiated with active light, the compound having an ethylenic double bond, such as addition polymerization and hardening, is carried out by the action of a photopolymerization starting component described later. Further, the (E) polymerizable monomer in the present invention means a dimer, a trimer or an oligomer in addition to the narrowly defined monomer with respect to the concept of a so-called high molecular substance. Examples of the ethylenic compound include unsaturated 101110090, such as (mercapto)acrylic acid, 102, 2012, 00, 00, 00, 00, 00, 00, 00, 00, 00, 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00; An ester of a hydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid; an ester obtained by a reaction of an unsaturated carboxylic acid, a polyvalent carboxylic acid, a polyvalent hydroxy compound, or an aromatic poly-based compound such as an aromatic poly-based compound; The polyisocyanate compound is reacted with (meth) propyl group and has a carbamate (4). σ is an aliphatic poly-based compound and an unsaturated hydrazine. (meth) propionate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylic acid vinegar, +triethyl:yl=tris(methyl) Acrylate, trimethyl ketone) C: 曰, 戊 叫 二 (methyl) propyl _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _酉 、, dipentaerythritol hexahydrate (methyl ketone, propyl sulphur, glycerol (meth) acrylate vinegar and other (meth) acrylate soil) can be cited as: the state of the base acid called methyl) handsome = partial replacement of the clothing The purpose of the coffee, the diced _ Department: itaconic acid vinegar, or _ dilute acid part of the succinic acid.. maleic acid ester and so on. - As a matter of the (4) base compound, it is possible to use a monophenolic (meth) acrylate or a resorcinol dibenzoic acid (tetra) (tetra) acid material. - (Methyl) propyl axis, o. 101110090, which can be obtained as a mono-substance by unsaturated carboxylic acid, polycarboxylic acid and poly- carboxylic acid, or may be: = 2 105 201245131, for example, a condensate of acrylic acid, phthalic acid, and ethylene glycol; a condensate of (meth)acrylic acid, maleic acid, and diethylene glycol; (mercapto)acrylic acid, terephthalic acid And a condensate of pentaerythritol; a condensate of (meth)acrylic acid, adipic acid, butanediol, and glycerin. Examples of the ethylenic compound having a urethane skeleton obtained by reacting a polyisocyanate compound with a hydroxy compound containing a (fluorenyl) acrylonitrile group include hexamethylene diisocyanate and tridecyl hexamethylene. An aliphatic diisocyanate such as a diisocyanate; an alicyclic diisocyanate such as cyclohexane diisocyanate or isophorone diisocyanate; an aromatic diisocyanate such as anthraquinone diisocyanate or diphenyldecane diisocyanate; and (meth) A reaction product of a (meth) propyl sulfhydryl group-containing compound such as 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate or 3-hydroxy[1,1,1-tris(indenyl)acrylenyloxyindenyl]propane. In addition, examples of the ethylenic compound used in the present invention include exoethyl bis(meth)acrylamide or the like (mercapto) acrylamide; and olefin such as diallyl phthalate; a propyl ester or a vinyl group-containing compound such as divinyl phthalate. Among these, an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid is preferred, and a (mercapto) acrylate of pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol is more preferred, and dipentaerythritol hexakis(meth) acrylate is preferred. Further, the ethylenic compound may also be a monomer having an acid value. As the monomer having an acid value, for example, an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, it is preferred to react an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic poly-based compound with a non-aromatic hydrazine 101110090 106 201245131 acid anhydride. The polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is particularly preferably one in which the 'aliphatic poly-based compound is pentaerythritol and/or dipentaerythritol. These monomers may be used singly, but in the case where it is difficult to obtain a single compound in the production, a mixture of two or more kinds may be used. Again, according to. It is necessary to use, as the (8) polymerizable monomer, a polyfunctional monomer having no acid group and a polyfunctional monomer having an acid group. The preferred acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is (U 4 4 mg-KOH/g, and particularly preferably 5 to 3 G mg__g. If the multi-column value is too low, the tendency to reduce the solubility characteristics of the product is lowered. In the case of the second system, the photopolymerization performance is also shown in the following table = the case where the hardening property is deteriorated. Therefore, when two or more types of surface slip are used together, or if they are used together, they do not have the same material. The acid group of the multi-material material body is in the above-mentioned Fans == 'more preferable polyfunctional single system East Asian synthetic male vinegar, di-penta (10):: commercially available dipentaerythritol hexa-acrylic acid - five Propylene g-ester, dipentaerythritol penta-propyl
Sx sB為主要料之混合物。亦可組合使 :^辑 他多官能單體。 夕^此平體與其 :之著色樹脂組成物中,該等 篁’於所有固形份中,通常為⑽以上,較佳=含 101110090 107 201245131 較佳為7〇重量%以下 重量%以下。 更佳為50重量。以下 ’尤佳為40 °性早體相對於包含前述 比率通常為1重量%以上,較佳為5重量%1^斤有色材纪 娜以上,尤佳為2_%仏又通常^更= '較佳為1⑼重量%以下,更佳為8〇^%= 若在上述範圍内,則光效果充分,於 密著不# 〜、不易成為引起 而不易產“ u後之剖面不易成為倒錐狀,進 而不易產生由溶解性降低引起之剝離現象、脫落不良等,從 而就该等之方面而言較佳。 [(F)光聚合起始成分及/或絲合起始成分] 為了使本發明之著色樹脂組成物之塗膜硬化較佳為包含 (F)光聚合起始成分及熱聚合起始成分中之至少—者 '然 而更化之方’&亦可為藉由該等起始劑之方法以外者。 尤其疋於本發明之著色樹脂纟且成物包含具有乙稀性雙鍵 之樹脂作為(c)成分情形、或包含乙稀性化合物作為(E)成分 之隋形時’車交佳為含有具有直接吸收光、或經光增感引起分 解反應或奪氫反應、產生聚合活性自由基之功能的光聚合起 始成分及/或藉由熱產生聚合活性自由基之熱聚合起始成 分。再者,於本發明中,所謂作為光聚合起始成分之(F)成 分,意指於光聚合起始劑(以下任意稱作(F1)成分)中併用聚 合加速劑(以下任意稱作(F2)成分)、增感色素(以下任意稱作 101110090 108 201245131 (F3)成分)等添加劑之混合物。 (光聚合起始成分) 本發明之著色樹脂組成物尤佳為含有(F)光聚合起始成 分。作為光聚合起始成分,通常使用(F1)光聚合起始劑、與 根據需要而添加之(F2)聚合加速劑、(F3)增感色素等添加劑 之混合物,係具有直接吸收光、或經光增感而引起分解反應 或奪氫反應、產生聚合活性自由基之功能之成分。 作為構成光聚合起始成分之(F1)光聚合起始劑,例如可列 舉:日本專利特開昭59-152396號、特開昭61-151197號各 公報等中所記載之二茂鈦衍生物類;日本專利特開平 10-300922 號、特開平 11-174224 號、特開 2000-56118 號各 公報等中所記載之六芳基聯咪唑衍生物類;日本專利特開平 10-39503號公報等中所記載之鹵曱基化噚二唑衍生物類、鹵 曱基-第二三畊衍生物類、N-苯基甘胺酸等N-芳基-α-胺基 酸類、Ν-芳基-α-胺基酸鹽類、Ν-芳基-α-胺基酸酯類等自 由基活性劑、α -胺基烧基苯酮衍生物類;日本專利特開 2000-80068號公報等中所記載之肟酯系衍生物類等。 具體而言,例如可列舉:國際公開第2009/107734號等中 所記載之光聚合起始劑等。 該等光聚合起始劑中,更佳為胺基烷基苯酮衍生物 類、肟酯系衍生物類、聯咪唑衍生物類、苯乙酮衍生物類、 及9-氧硫讪嗟衍生物類。 101110090 109 201245131 又’作為肟酯系衍生物類,可列舉:1,2-辛二酮,ι_[4-(苯 硫基)苯基]-,2-(鄰苯曱醯將)、乙酮,1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯曱 酿基)-9Η-σ卡π坐-3-基],1-(鄰乙醯躬:)等。 除此以外,亦可列舉:安息香烷醚類、蒽醌衍生物類;2-曱基-(4'-曱基噻吩基)_2_咮啉基-1-丙酮等苯乙酮衍生物類、 2-乙基9-氧硫p山p星、2,4-二乙基9-氧硫p山p星等9-氧硫p山p星衍 生物類、苯曱酸酯衍生物類、。丫。定衍生物類、啡讲衍生物類、 蒽酮衍生物類等。 該等光聚合起始劑中,更佳為α -胺基烧基苯綱衍生物 類、9-氧硫Ρ山Ρ星衍生物類、肟酯系衍生物類。尤佳為肟酯系 衍生物類。 作為根據需要所使用之(F2)聚合加速劑,例如可列舉: Ν,Ν-二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯等Ν,Ν二烷基胺基苯甲酸烷酯 類;2-巯基苯并噻唑、2-髄基苯并噚唑、2-Μ基苯并咪唑等 具有雜環之疏基化合物;脂肪族多官能酼基化合物等巯基化 合物類等。 該等(F1)光聚合起始劑及(F2)聚合加速劑分別可單獨使用 1種,亦可併用2種以上。 又’根據需要,為了提高感應感度,而使用(F3)增感色素。 增感色素可根據影像曝光光源之波長而使用適當者,例如可 列舉:日本專利特開平4-221958號、特開平4-219756號各 公報等中所記载之ρ山ρ星系色素;日本專利特開平3-239703 101110090 110 201245131 號、特開平5-289335號各公報等中所記載之具有雜環之香 豆素系色素;曰本專利特開平3-239703號、特開平5-289335 號各公報等中所記載之3-酮基香豆素系色素;日本專利特 開平6-19240號公報等中所記載之吡咯亞曱基系色素;曰本 專利特開昭47-2528號、特開昭54-155292號、特公昭 45-37377 號、特開昭 48-84183 號、特開昭 52-112681 號、 特開昭58-15503號、特開昭60-88005號、特開昭59-56403 號、特開平2-69號、特開昭57-168088號、特開平5-107761 號、特開平5-210240號、特開平4-288818號各公報等中所 記載之具有二烷基胺基苯骨架之色素等。 (F3)增感色素亦為可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 於本發明之著色樹脂組成物中,該等(F)光聚合起始成分 之含量,於所有固形份中,通常為0.1重量%以上,較佳為 0.2重量%以上,更佳為0.5重量%以上,又通常為40重量 %以下,較佳為30重量%以下,更佳為20重量%以下之範 圍。 若在上述範圍内,則就對於曝光光線之感度良好、且未曝 光部分於顯影液中之溶解性充分、不易發生顯影不良等之方 面而言較佳。 (熱聚合起始成分) 作為本發明之著色樹脂組成物中可含有之熱聚合起始成 分(熱聚合起始劑)之具體例,可列舉:偶氮系化合物、有機 101110090 111 201245131 過氧化物及過氧化氫等。該等之中,可較佳地使用偶氮系化 合物。更具體而言’可使用例如國際公開第2009/107734號 等中所記載之熱聚合起始劑。 該等熱聚合起始劑可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 [任意成分] 本發明之著色樹脂組成物,除上述各成分以外,亦可含有 界面活性劑、有機羧酸及/或有機羧酸酐、熱硬化性化合物、 塑化劑、除上述本發明之前述(A)染料以外之染料、熱聚合 防止劑、保存穩定劑、表面保護劑、密著提高劑、顯影改良 劑等又,於含有顏料作為色素之情形時,亦可含有分散劑 或刀政助劑。作為該等任意成分’可使用例如日本專利特開 2〇〇7-113_號公報t記載之各種化合物。 [分散劑] ;發月之著色樹脂組成物包含顏料之情形時,較佳為 而含有分散劑。 類中之分散劑只要可使顏料分散並保持穩定,則其 類並‘·,、特別限制。 例如可使用陽離子系、陰離子系 分散劑,較佳為聚人物八㈣糸或兩性# 聚物可列舉:嵌段 酸醋鹽、陽㈣、高分子共聚物之絲銨鹽或 佳為嵌段㈣ #ρ餘舰聚合料。料分散劑中, 〜物、聚胺基甲旨、陽離子性櫛齒狀接枝聚 101110090 112 201245131 物。尤佳為嵌段共聚物,其中,較佳為包含具有親溶劑性之 A嵌段及具有含有氮原子之官能基之B嵌段的嵌段共聚物。 具體而言,作為具有含有氮原子之官能基之B嵌段,可 列舉:於側鏈具有四級銨鹽基、及/或胺基之單元構造,另 一方面,作為親溶劑性之A嵌段,可列舉:不具有四級銨 鹽基及胺基之單元構造。 該構成丙烯酸系嵌段共聚物之B嵌段係具有含有四級銨 鹽基、及/或胺基之單元構造、具有顏料吸附功能之部位。 又,作為該B嵌段,於含有四級銨鹽基之情形時,該四 級銨鹽基可直接鍵結於主鏈上,亦可經由2價連結基鍵結於 主鏈。 作為此種嵌段共聚物,例如可列舉:日本專利特開 2009-025813號公報中所記載者。 又,本發明之著色樹脂組成物亦可含有除上述以外之分散 劑。作為其他分散劑,例如可列舉:例如日本專利特開 2006-343648號公報中所記載者。 於本發明之著色樹脂組成物含有顏料之情形時,較佳為以 分散劑於所有固形份中之含量成為顏料總含量之2〜1000 重量%、尤其是5〜500重量%、尤其是10〜250重量%範圍 内之方式使用分散劑。 若在上述範圍内,則就不會影響染料之耐熱性、可確保良 好之顏料分散性、且顏料之分散穩定性變得更良好之方面而 101110090 113 201245131 言較佳。 [分散助劑] 本發明之著色樹脂組成物中可含有分散助劑。此處所謂之 分散助劑可為顏料衍生物,作為顏料衍生物,可使用例如日 本專利特開2001-220520號公報、特開2001-271004號公 報、特開2002-179976號公報、特開2007-113000號公報及 特開2007-186681號公報等中所記載之各種化合物等。 再者,本發明之著色樹脂組成物中之分散助劑之含量,相 對於顏料之總固形份量,通常為0.1重量%以上,又通常為 3〇重量%以下,較佳為20重量%以下,更佳為10重量%以 下’進而更佳為5重量%以下。藉由將添加量控制於上述範 圍,就可發揮作為分散助劑之效果、且分散性及分散穩定性 更良好之方面而言較佳。 [分散樹脂] 本發明之著色樹脂組成物中可含有選自上述(c)黏合樹月匕 或其他黏合樹脂中之樹脂之一部分或全部作為下述分散樹 开遐而言 -"、〜议处L嘗巴树脂驵风物 < 製備方法]中, 由與前述純财料—併齡黏讀脂 :脂利用與分散劑之協同效果而有利於顏料之分散轉: 。結果可減少分散劑之添加量,因此較佳。又 4 ::提高、於基板之非像素部不吻物、像Γ:: 114 201245131 板之密著性提高等效果,因此較佳。 如此’有時將分散處理步驟中所使用之(c)黏合樹脂稱作 分散樹脂。分散樹脂相對於著色樹脂組成物中之顏料總量, 較佳為使用0〜2〇〇重量%左右,更佳為使用1〇〜10〇重量 %左右。 [著色樹脂組成物之製備方法] 於本發明中,著色樹脂組成物可藉由適宜方法而製備,例 如可藉由將上述(A)染料、(c)黏合樹脂、及包含化合物⑴ 之P)鏈轉移劑與(B)溶劑及其他添加劑一併進行混合而製 備。 又’作為除(A)染料以外進而包含顏料之情形之製備方 法’可列舉:如下方法:於包含顏料之溶劑中,於分散劑及 根據需要添加之分散助劑之有下,根據情況併用一部分(C) 黏合樹脂’使用例如塗料震動機、砂磨機、球磨機、輥磨機、 石磨機、喷射磨機、均質機等,一面進行粉碎一面進行混合、 刀散’製備者色分散液。於該著色分散液中添加(A)染料、 (C)黏合樹脂、①)鏈轉移劑,根據需要添加(E)聚合性單體、 (F)光聚合起始劑及熱聚合起始劑中之至少一者等添加劑, 進行混合,藉此進行製備。 [著色樹脂組成物之應用] 本發明之著色樹脂組成物通常為所有構成成分溶解或分 散於溶劑中之狀態。將該著色樹脂組成物供給至基板上,形 101110090 115 201245131 機EL顯示裝置等之構成 成々色濾光片或液晶顯示裝置 構件。 ’ 脂If明之著色樹脂組成物較佳為彩色祕片用著色樹 色濟光片夕虛本發明之著色樹脂組成物之應用例,對作為彩 ϋΛ及㈣料之液晶顯林置(面板)及有機 顯不骏置進行說明。 <彩色濾光片> 所光片係具以本發明之著色樹脂組成物 ㈣成本發明之彩色遽光片之方法進行說明。 之像素可各樣方法㈣成。此處以使用光 考色樹脂組成物利用光微影法而形成之情形為例 進灯說明,但$造方法衫蚊於此。 首先’根據需要,於基板之表面上以劃分形成像素之部分 之方式形成黑色矩陣,於該基板上塗佈本發明之著色樹脂組 成物之後’進行預烘烤,使溶·發,形成塗膜。 、邀而於5亥塗膜上經由光罩進行曝光之後,使用驗顯影液 進行顯影,溶解除去塗膜之未曝光部,其後進行之後烘烤, 藉此可形成紅色、綠色、藍色之各像素圖案,製作彩色濾光 片 作為形成像素時所使用之基板’只要為透明且具有適度強 101110090 116 201245131 =則並無_限定,例如可列舉:聚 環氣樹胎、熱钱性樹脂::::等性樹,月材、 甲可對該等基板實施藉由砂燒偶合劑或胺基 曰日專之薄膜形成處理、電暈放 土 等表面處理等適宜預處理。 戈臭氣處理 於在基板上塗佈著色樹脂組成物時 法、線棒塗佑半土 μ q羋轉塗佈 “办 縫旋轉塗佈*、模塗法,塗 / ,、法等。其中,較佳為狹縫旋轉塗佈法、及模涂: 塗佈膜之厚度,作為乾燥之後之膜厚,通常為〇.2〜2〇:, 較佳為G.5〜i〇#m,尤佳為〇 8〜5 〇舞。 若在上述範圍内,則就易於進行圖案顯影或液晶單元化步 驟中之間隙調整、且易於表現出所期望之色之方面而言較 佳。 作為形成像素時所使用之放射線,例如可使用可見光線、 紫外線、遠紫外線、電子束、x射線等,較佳為波長處於 190〜450 nm之範圍之放射線。 影像曝光時使用之用以放射出波長190〜450 nm之放射 線之光源並無特別限定,例如可列舉:氙氣燈、齒素燈、鎢 絲燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、金屬函化物燈、中壓水 銀燈、低壓水銀燈、碳弧燈、螢光燈等燈光源;氬離子雷射、 YAG(Yttrium-Aluminum-Gamet ’ 釔-鋁-石榴石)雷射、準分 101110090 117 201245131 子雷射、氮雷射、氦-鎘雷射、半導體雷射等雷射光源等。 於用於照射特定波長之光之情形時’亦可使用光學濾光片。 放射線之曝光量較佳為10〜10,000 J/m2。 又,作為上述驗顯影液,較佳為例如氫氧化鈉、氫氧化斜、 氫氧化裡、碳酸納、碳酸卸、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、石夕酸納、 石夕酸奸、偏>5夕酸納、磷酸納、鱗酸鉀、碟酸氫鈉、鱗酸氫卸、 填酸二氫鈉、4酸二氫鉀、氫氧化錢等無機鹼性化合物;單 -、二-或三-乙醇胺、單·、二-或三-曱基胺、單-、二_或三_ 乙基胺、單-或二-異丙基胺、正丁基胺、單-、二-或三-異丙 醇胺、伸乙亞胺、伸乙二亞胺、氫氧化四曱基銨(丁Mah, Tetramethylammonium Hydroxide)、膽鹼等有機鹼性化合物 等之水溶液。 於上述鹼顯影液中,亦可適量添加例如異丙基醇、节 醇、乙基赛路蘇、丁基赛路蘇、笨基赛路蘇、两二醇、二 酮醇等水雜有齡_界面_解。_ _ 後通常進行水洗❶ 鲰硝〜 作為顯影處理法,可利用 顯影法、超音波顯影法等任 (23。〇、5〜300 秒。 :漬顯影法、噴射顯影法、毛刷 «彡條件較佳為室溫 顯影處理之條件並無特別限 上,其中較佳為15Ux上,更彳、,顯影溫度通常為以 。(:以下,其中較佳為45〇c ^ 2GC以上’又通常為5〇 101110090 更佳為40 c以下之範圍。 118 201245131 顯影方法可利用浸潰顯影法、喷射顯影法、毛刷顯影法、 超音波顯影法等任意之方法。 於將如此所製作之彩色濾光片用於液晶顯示裝置中之情 形時’可直接於影像上形成ITO等透明電極,將其用作彩 色顯示器、液晶顯示裝置等之零件之一部分,但為了提高表 面平滑性或耐久性,亦可根據需要於影像上設置聚醯胺、聚 醯亞胺等外塗層。又,於一部分平面配向型驅動方式(IPS(In Plane Switching)模式)等用途中,有時亦不形成透明電極。 又,於垂直配向型驅動方式(MVA(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment)模式)中,有時亦形成阻隔壁。又,有時亦形成藉 由光微影法之柱構造(感光性間隔件)代替珠粒散佈型間隔 件。 <液晶顯示裝置> 本發明之液晶顯示裝置係使用上述本發明之彩色逯光片 者。本發明之液晶顯示裝置之型式或構造並無特別限制,可 使用本發明之彩色濾光片並依據常規方法進行組裝。 例如’可利用「液晶裝置手冊」(日刊工業新聞社,1989 年9月29日發行,日本學術振興會第142委員會著)中所記 載之方法形成本發明之液晶顯示裝置。 <有機EL顯示裝置> 於製作包含本發明之彩色濾光片之有機EL顯示裝置之情 形時’例如如圖1所示,於透明支持基板10上,於藉由本 101110090 119 201245131 發明之著色樹脂組成物而形成有像素20之藍色彩色濾光片 上,經由有機保護層30及無機氧化膜40積層有機發光體 500,藉此製作多色之有機EL元件。 作為有機發光體500之積層方法,可列舉:於彩色濾光片 上面逐次形成透明陽極50、電洞注入層5卜電洞輸送層52、 發光層53、電子注入層54、及陰極55之方法,或者將形成 於另一基板上之有機發光體500貼合於無機氧化膜40上之 方法等。如此所製作之有機EL元件1〇〇可應用於被動驅動 方式之有機EL顯示裝置中,亦可應用於主動驅動方式之有 機EL顯示裝置中。 [實施例] 其次,藉由實施例進一步具體地說明本發明,但本發明只 要不超出其主旨,並不限定於以下實施例之記載。 <關於藍色像素形成用著色樹脂組成物> [染料之合成] (化合物A之合成)Sx sB is a mixture of main materials. It can also be combined to make it a multi-functional monomer. In the case of the flat resin and the colored resin composition, the 篁' is usually (10) or more in all the solid parts, preferably = 101110090 107 201245131, preferably 7% by weight or less by weight. More preferably 50 weight. The following 'more preferably 40 ° sex early body is usually more than 1% by weight, preferably 5% by weight, 1 jin, more than 2% by weight, more preferably 2% by weight, and usually more ^' Preferably, it is 1 (9)% by weight or less, more preferably 8 〇^%= If it is within the above range, the light effect is sufficient, and the adhesion is not easy to be caused, and the cross section is not easily formed into an inverted cone shape. Further, it is preferable that the peeling phenomenon, the peeling failure, and the like caused by the decrease in solubility are less likely to occur, etc. [(F) Photopolymerization starting component and/or silky starting component] In order to make the present invention The coating film hardening of the colored resin composition preferably includes at least one of (F) a photopolymerization starting component and a thermal polymerization starting component, but a further modification may also be performed by the initiators Other than the method of the present invention, especially when the resin of the present invention contains a resin having an ethylene double bond as the component (c) or a compound containing an ethylene compound as the component (E) The cross-linking contains a direct absorption light, or a photo-sensitization-induced decomposition reaction or hydrogen abstraction. A photopolymerization starting component which generates a function of polymerizing a living radical and/or a thermal polymerization starting component which generates a living radical by heat generation. Further, in the present invention, as a photopolymerization starting component ( The component F) means a polymerization accelerator (hereinafter referred to as a component (F1) arbitrarily referred to as a component (F1)), and a sensitizing dye (hereinafter referred to as 101110090 108 201245131 (hereinafter referred to as arbitrarily). F3) a mixture of additives such as a component. (Photopolymerization starting component) The colored resin composition of the present invention preferably contains (F) a photopolymerization starting component. As a photopolymerization starting component, (F1) photopolymerization is usually used. A mixture of an initiator, an additive such as (F2) a polymerization accelerator, and a (F3) sensitizing dye added as needed, which directly absorbs light or undergoes photo-sensitization to cause a decomposition reaction or a hydrogen abstraction reaction to cause polymerization. The component of the function of the active radicals. The (F1) photopolymerization initiator which is a photopolymerization starting component, for example, is disclosed in JP-A-59-152396, JP-A-61-151197, and the like. Documented The hexaarylbiimidazole derivatives described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-300922, JP-A-H11-174224, JP-A-2000-56118, and the like; A halogenated oxadiazole derivative, a halogenated thiol-second third cultivating derivative, or an N-aryl-α-amino group such as N-phenylglycine, as described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 10-39503 Free radical activators such as acid, sulfonium-aryl-α-amino acid salts, fluorene-aryl-α-amino acid esters, α-amino benzophenone derivatives; Japanese Patent Special Open 2000 An oxime ester derivative or the like described in the publication No. 80068 or the like. Specifically, for example, a photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2009/107734 or the like can be mentioned. Among the photopolymerization initiators, more preferred are aminoalkylphenone derivatives, oxime ester derivatives, biimidazole derivatives, acetophenone derivatives, and 9-oxopurine derivatives. Things. 101110090 109 201245131 Further, 'as an oxime ester derivative, 1,2-octanedione, iota-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-, 2-(o-benzoquinone), ethyl ketone , 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylphenylhydrazone)-9Η-σ card π-spin-3-yl], 1-(o-ethylidene:), and the like. In addition, examples thereof include benzoin ethers and anthracene derivatives; and acetophenone derivatives such as 2-mercapto-(4'-nonylthiophenyl)_2-carbolinyl-1-propanone; 2-Ethyl 9-oxosulfonate p-star, 2,4-diethyl 9-oxothiop-p-p-star, etc. 9-oxo-sulfur p-p-star derivatives, benzoate derivatives. Hey. Derivatives, morphine derivatives, anthrone derivatives, and the like. Among these photopolymerization initiators, α-aminoalkylbenzoyl derivatives, 9-oxosulfonate hawthorn derivatives, and oxime ester derivatives are more preferred. It is especially preferred to be an oxime ester derivative. Examples of the (F2) polymerization accelerator to be used as needed include hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylamino benzoate, and the like, hydrazine dialkylamino benzoic acid alkyl esters; 2-mercaptobenzoene a sulfhydryl compound having a heterocyclic ring such as thiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole or 2-mercaptobenzimidazole; or a mercapto compound such as an aliphatic polyfunctional fluorenyl compound. These (F1) photopolymerization initiators and (F2) polymerization accelerators may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, (F3) a sensitizing dye is used to increase the sensitivity of the induction as needed. The sensitizing dye can be used in accordance with the wavelength of the image-exposure light source. For example, the ρ ρ 星 色素 色素 色素 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei. The 3-keto coumarin dye described in the publication of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei 6-19240, and the like. No. 54-155292, Special Public Show No. 45-37377, Special Open No. 48-84183, Special Open No. 52-112681, Special Open No. 58-15503, Special Open No. 60-88005, Special Open 59- Dialkylamines as described in each of the publications of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. A pigment such as a benzene skeleton. (F3) The sensitizing dye may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the colored resin composition of the present invention, the content of the (F) photopolymerization starting component is usually 0.1% by weight or more, preferably 0.2% by weight or more, more preferably 0.5% by weight based on the total of the solid content. The above is usually 40% by weight or less, preferably 30% by weight or less, and more preferably 20% by weight or less. When it is in the above range, it is preferable that the sensitivity to the exposure light is good, and the solubility of the unexposed portion in the developer is sufficient, and development failure is unlikely to occur. (Thermal polymerization starting component) Specific examples of the thermal polymerization starting component (thermal polymerization initiator) which can be contained in the colored resin composition of the present invention include an azo compound and an organic 101110090 111 201245131 peroxide. And hydrogen peroxide and the like. Among these, an azo compound can be preferably used. More specifically, for example, a thermal polymerization initiator described in, for example, International Publication No. 2009/107734 can be used. These thermal polymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more. [Optional Component] The colored resin composition of the present invention may contain, in addition to the above components, a surfactant, an organic carboxylic acid, and/or an organic carboxylic anhydride, a thermosetting compound, a plasticizer, or the like as described above in the present invention. (A) a dye other than a dye, a thermal polymerization inhibitor, a storage stabilizer, a surface protective agent, a adhesion enhancer, a development improver, etc., and may contain a dispersant or a knife auxiliary when a pigment is used as a pigment. . As the above-mentioned arbitrary components, various compounds described in, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei No. 7-11-1-1 can be used. [Dispersing agent] When the coloring resin composition of the hairs contains a pigment, it preferably contains a dispersing agent. The dispersant in the class is particularly limited as long as it can disperse and stabilize the pigment. For example, a cationic type or an anionic type dispersing agent can be used, and a polymorphic octagonal or amphoteric polymer can be used, and examples thereof include a block acid vine salt, a cation (four), a silk ammonium salt of a polymer copolymer, or a good block (IV). #ρ余船聚合料. In the dispersant, the material, the polyamino group, and the cationic dentate grafted poly 101110090 112 201245131. More preferably, it is a block copolymer, and among them, a block copolymer comprising a solvophilic A block and a B block having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom is preferred. Specifically, examples of the B block having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom include a unit structure having a quaternary ammonium salt group and/or an amine group in a side chain, and on the other hand, a solvophilic A-inlay. Examples of the segment include a unit structure having no quaternary ammonium salt group and an amine group. The B block constituting the acrylic block copolymer has a unit structure containing a quaternary ammonium salt group and/or an amine group, and a site having a pigment adsorption function. Further, in the case where the B block contains a quaternary ammonium salt group, the quaternary ammonium salt group may be directly bonded to the main chain or may be bonded to the main chain via a divalent linking group. As such a block copolymer, for example, those described in JP-A-2009-025813 can be cited. Further, the colored resin composition of the present invention may contain a dispersing agent other than the above. As the other dispersing agent, for example, those described in JP-A-2006-343648 can be cited. In the case where the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a pigment, it is preferred that the content of the dispersing agent in all solid parts is 2 to 1000% by weight, particularly 5 to 500% by weight, especially 10%, based on the total content of the pigment. A dispersant is used in a range of 250% by weight. When it is in the above range, the heat resistance of the dye is not affected, the pigment dispersibility is ensured, and the dispersion stability of the pigment is further improved. 101110090 113 201245131 [Dispersing Aid] The dispersing aid may be contained in the colored resin composition of the present invention. The dispersing aid herein may be a pigment derivative, and as the pigment derivative, for example, JP-A-2001-220520, JP-A-2001-271004, JP-A-2002-179976, JP-A 2007 Various compounds and the like described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. H07-186681, and the like. Further, the content of the dispersing aid in the colored resin composition of the present invention is usually 0.1% by weight or more, and usually 3 % by weight or less, preferably 20% by weight or less based on the total solid content of the pigment. More preferably, it is 10% by weight or less and further preferably 5% by weight or less. By controlling the amount of addition to the above range, it is preferable to exhibit the effect as a dispersing aid and to further improve the dispersibility and dispersion stability. [Dispersion Resin] The colored resin composition of the present invention may contain a part or all of a resin selected from the above (c) bonded tree sorghum or other adhesive resin as the following dispersion tree-- In the L-Taste Resin 驵 物 & 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵 驵As a result, the amount of the dispersant added can be reduced, which is preferable. Further 4:: It is better to improve the non-pixel portion of the substrate, such as Γ:: 114 201245131 The adhesion of the board is improved. Thus, the (c) binder resin used in the dispersion treatment step is sometimes referred to as a dispersion resin. The amount of the dispersion resin relative to the total amount of the pigment in the colored resin composition is preferably from about 0 to about 2% by weight, more preferably from about 1 to about 10% by weight. [Method for Producing Colored Resin Composition] In the present invention, the colored resin composition can be produced by a suitable method, for example, by the above (A) dye, (c) a binder resin, and P containing the compound (1). The chain transfer agent is prepared by mixing together with (B) a solvent and other additives. In addition, as a method of producing a pigment in addition to the dye (A), a method of using a pigment in a solvent, a dispersing agent, and a dispersing aid added as needed may be used as a part of the case. (C) The binder resin' is a mixture of, for example, a paint shaker, a sand mill, a ball mill, a roll mill, a stone mill, a jet mill, a homogenizer, and the like, and is mixed while being pulverized. (A) dye, (C) binder resin, 1) chain transfer agent are added to the coloring dispersion, and (E) a polymerizable monomer, (F) a photopolymerization initiator, and a thermal polymerization initiator are added as needed. The additive is prepared by mixing at least one of the additives. [Application of Colored Resin Composition] The colored resin composition of the present invention is usually in a state in which all constituent components are dissolved or dispersed in a solvent. The colored resin composition is supplied onto a substrate, and is formed into a black color filter or a liquid crystal display device member by a device such as a 101110090 115 201245131 EL display device. The composition of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably an application example of the colored resin composition of the coloring tree coloring film of the color secret film, and the liquid crystal display (panel) of the coloring material and the (four) material. The organic display is not explained. <Color Filter> The light sheeting method is described in the coloring resin composition of the present invention. The pixels can be formed in various ways (four). Here, the case where the photochromic resin composition is formed by the photolithography method is exemplified as a lamp, but the method is the case. First, a black matrix is formed on the surface of the substrate in such a manner as to form a portion of the pixel, and after coating the colored resin composition of the present invention on the substrate, the film is pre-baked to dissolve and form a coating film. . After being exposed to the 5 liter coating film through the reticle, the developing solution is used for development, and the unexposed portion of the coating film is dissolved and removed, and then baked, thereby forming red, green, and blue colors. For each pixel pattern, a color filter is produced as a substrate used for forming a pixel. As long as it is transparent and has a moderate strength, 101110090 116 201245131 = no limitation, and examples thereof include a polycyclic gas tree tire and a hot money resin: ::: The equivalence tree, the moon material, and the armor may be subjected to suitable pretreatment such as a film formation treatment by a sand-burning coupler, an amine-based day, or a surface treatment such as corona discharge. The odor treatment is applied to a method of coating a colored resin composition on a substrate, and a method of coating a half-soil, a coating, a coating method, a coating method, a coating method, a coating method, etc. Preferably, the slit spin coating method and the die coating: the thickness of the coating film, as the film thickness after drying, is usually 〇.2~2〇:, preferably G.5~i〇#m, especially It is preferable that it is easy to perform the gap adjustment in the pattern development or the liquid crystal cell formation step, and it is easy to express a desired color, in the above range. For the radiation to be used, for example, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, electron beam, x-ray, etc. may be used, and radiation having a wavelength in the range of 190 to 450 nm is preferably used. The image is exposed to emit a wavelength of 190 to 450 nm. The light source of the radiation is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a xenon lamp, a tooth lamp, a tungsten lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a metallization lamp, a medium pressure mercury lamp, a low pressure mercury lamp, a carbon arc lamp, and a fluorescent lamp. Equal light source; argon ion laser, Y AG (Yttrium-Aluminum-Gamet '钇-aluminum-garnet) laser, standard score 101110090 117 201245131 laser, nitrogen laser, helium-cadmium laser, semiconductor laser, etc. In the case of light of a specific wavelength, an optical filter can be used. The amount of exposure of the radiation is preferably from 10 to 10,000 J/m 2 . Further, as the above-mentioned developer, it is preferably, for example, sodium hydroxide or hydroxide. Hydrogen hydroxide, sodium carbonate, carbonic acid unloading, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, sodium sulphate, stagnation, partiality, sodium citrate, potassium citrate, sodium hydrogen hydride, scaly Inorganic basic compound such as hydrogen unloading, sodium dihydrogenate, potassium dihydrogenate, and hydrogen hydroxide; mono-, di- or tri-ethanolamine, mono-, di- or tri-decylamine, mono-, and _ or tri-ethylamine, mono- or di-isopropylamine, n-butylamine, mono-, di- or tri-isopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, ethylenediamine, hydroxide tetra An aqueous solution of an organic basic compound such as decyl ammonium (Tetramethylammonium Hydroxide) or choline. In the above alkali developing solution, an appropriate amount of, for example, isopropyl group may be added. , alcohol, ethyl celecoxib, butyl 赛路苏, stupid sulphate, di diol, diketone alcohol, etc. _ interface _ solution. _ _ usually after washing ❶ 鲰 〜 ~ as The development treatment method may be a development method, an ultrasonic development method, or the like (23. 〇, 5 to 300 seconds. : a stain development method, a spray development method, a brush brushing condition, preferably a room temperature development treatment condition. In particular, it is preferably 15 Ux, more enthalpy, and the developing temperature is usually in the range of (hereinafter, preferably 45 〇 c ^ 2 GC or more) and usually 5 〇 101110090, more preferably 40 c or less. . 118 201245131 The development method can be any method such as a dipping development method, a spray development method, a brush development method, or an ultrasonic development method. When the color filter thus produced is used in a liquid crystal display device, a transparent electrode such as ITO can be formed directly on the image, and it can be used as a part of a color display or a liquid crystal display device, but in order to improve For surface smoothness or durability, an outer coating such as polyimide or polyimide may be provided on the image as needed. Further, in some applications such as an IPS (In Plane Switching mode), a transparent electrode may not be formed. Further, in the vertical alignment type drive mode (MVA (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment) mode), a barrier wall may be formed. Further, a column structure (photosensitive spacer) by photolithography may be formed instead of the bead-dispersion type spacer. <Liquid Crystal Display Device> The liquid crystal display device of the present invention uses the above-described color calender of the present invention. The type or configuration of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and the color filter of the present invention can be used and assembled in accordance with a conventional method. For example, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention can be formed by the method described in the "Liquid Crystal Device Handbook" (Japanese Industrial Press, September 29, 1989, issued by the Japan Society for the Promotion of Science). <Organic EL display device> In the case of producing an organic EL display device including the color filter of the present invention, for example, as shown in Fig. 1, on the transparent support substrate 10, the color of the invention was invented by the present invention 101110090 119 201245131 On the blue color filter in which the pixel 20 is formed of the resin composition, the organic light-emitting body 500 is laminated via the organic protective layer 30 and the inorganic oxide film 40, thereby producing a multi-color organic EL element. As a method of laminating the organic light-emitting body 500, a method of sequentially forming the transparent anode 50, the hole injection layer 5, the hole transport layer 52, the light-emitting layer 53, the electron injection layer 54, and the cathode 55 on the color filter may be mentioned. Or a method of bonding the organic light-emitting body 500 formed on another substrate to the inorganic oxide film 40 or the like. The organic EL device 1 thus fabricated can be applied to an organic EL display device of a passive driving type, and can also be applied to an organic EL display device of an active driving method. [Embodiment] The present invention will be specifically described by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto, and is not limited to the description of the following examples. <Colored resin composition for blue pixel formation> [Synthesis of dye] (Synthesis of Compound A)
Hb 71]Hb 71]
化合物A (反應1) 101110090 120 201245131 於氮氣環i兄中對化合物2(5.02 g,20 mmol)、化合物ι(ΐ4 ml 80 mm〇i)、第二丁氧基鈉 pwg,go mm〇i)、甲苯(1〇〇 ml)、乙酸!巴(ii)(〇.55 g,2.45 mmol)、三-第三丁基膦(1〇%己 烷溶液,10 g,4.94 mmo丨)之混合物進行1〇小時之加熱回 抓冷部至室溫之後,添加水,利用氟鎂石進行過濾,利用 甲苯萃取滤液’利用水進行清洗。對甲苯層進行減壓濃縮, 利用石夕膠管柱層析法(石夕谬5〇〇g,己烧/乙酸乙醋1〇/ι〜8/ι 〜6/1)進行純化,利用冷曱醇清洗所獲得之粉末,獲得化合 物 A(4.59,產率 53%)。 (合成例1 :染料(1)之合成) [化 72]Compound A (Reaction 1) 101110090 120 201245131 Compound 2 (5.02 g, 20 mmol), Compound ι (ΐ4 ml 80 mm〇i), Sodium butoxide sodium pwg, go mm〇i) in a nitrogen ring a mixture of toluene (1 〇〇 ml), acetic acid! Bar (ii) (〇.55 g, 2.45 mmol), tri-tert-butylphosphine (1% hexane solution, 10 g, 4.94 mmo) After heating to the cold portion to room temperature for 1 hour, water was added, and the mixture was filtered with brucite, and the filtrate was extracted with toluene to be washed with water. The toluene layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by Shixi gum column chromatography (Shi Xi谬 5〇〇g, hexane/acetic acid ethyl acetate 1〇/ι~8/ι~6/1), using cold 曱The obtained powder was washed with an alcohol to obtain Compound A (4.59, yield: 53%). (Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Dye (1)) [Chem. 72]
於化合物 A(39 g,89.3 nmi〇I)、化合物 3(18 5 g,89 3 腿〇1)、甲苯(120 ml)之混合物中添加氧氯化磷(12 2如,134 mmol) ’進行3.5小時之加熱回流。回復至室溫之後,添力σ 水,利用氯仿進行萃取,利用飽和食鹽水清洗氯仿層3次。 101110090 121 201245131 氣仿/曱醇15/1)進行純 *得化合物B(54.8 g,產 利用矽膠管柱層析法(矽膠300 g 化,利用己烷清洗所獲得之固體, 率 93%)。 (反應3) 於5〇°c下攪拌化合物B(29g,43 j 續醯基)醯亞胺(12.6 g,43 8顏⑷^咖1)、链=雙(三氟曱 1.5小時。進行減壓濃縮,利用曱醇醇075 ml)之混合物 固體,獲得染料(1)(33.59 g,產率84 >1/2清洗所獲得之 s W/0)o (合成例2 :染料(2)之合成) [化 73]Adding phosphorus oxychloride (12 2 eg, 134 mmol) to a mixture of compound A (39 g, 89.3 nmi〇I), compound 3 (18 5 g, 89 3 leg 〇1), toluene (120 ml) Heating under reflux for 3.5 hours. After returning to room temperature, σ water was added, and extraction was performed with chloroform, and the chloroform layer was washed three times with saturated brine. 101110090 121 201245131 Gas imitation / sterol 15 / 1) Pure compound B (54.8 g, produced by silica gel column chromatography (300 g of phthalocyanine, solid obtained by washing with hexane, rate 93%). (Reaction 3) Compound B (29 g, 43 j hydrazino) quinone imine (12.6 g, 43 8 颜(4)^咖1), chain = bis(trifluoroanthracene 1.5 hours) was stirred at 5 ° C. Concentration by pressure, using a mixture solid of sterol alcohol 075 ml) to obtain dye (1) (33.59 g, yield 84 > 1/2 W/0 obtained by washing) (Synthesis Example 2: Dye (2) Synthesis) [Chem. 73]
反應4 3 4 (反應4) α 染料(2)Reaction 4 3 4 (Reaction 4) α dye (2)
化合物C 於化合物 4(35.4 g ’ 109 mmol)、化合物 3(22 6 g,1〇9 mmol)、甲笨(200 ml)之混合物中添加氧氣化磷(15 m卜164 mmol),進行4小時之加熱回流。回復至室溫之後,添加水, 利用氣仿進行萃取’利用飽和食鹽水清洗氣仿層3次。利用 矽膠管柱層析法(矽膠300 g,氣仿/曱醇10/1〜8/1)進行純 101110090 122 201245131 化,利用己烷清洗所獲得之固體,獲得化合物C(20 g,產率 33%) ° (反應5) 於50°C下攪拌化合物C(18 g,32,7 mmol)、鋰=雙(三氟曱 石黃醢基)醢亞胺(9.4 g,32.7 mmol)及曱醇(60 ml)之混合物1 小時。進行減壓濃縮,利用甲醇/水=1/2清洗所獲得之固 體,獲得染料(2)(17.7 g,產率68%)。 (合成例3 :染料(3)之合成) [化 74]Addition of oxygenated phosphorus (15 m 164 mmol) to a mixture of compound 4 (35.4 g '109 mmol), compound 3 (22 6 g, 1 〇 9 mmol), and methyl (200 ml) for 4 hours It is heated to reflux. After returning to room temperature, water was added and extraction was carried out by gas-mesh. The gas-like layer was washed three times with saturated brine. Pure 101110090 122 201245131 was purified by silica gel column chromatography (300 g, oxime / sterol 10/1 to 8/1), and the obtained solid was washed with hexane to obtain Compound C (20 g, yield 33%) ° (Reaction 5) Stabilize compound C (18 g, 32, 7 mmol), lithium = bis(trifluorite xanthine) quinone imine (9.4 g, 32.7 mmol) and decyl alcohol at 50 °C (reaction 5) Mixture of 60 ml) for 1 hour. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained solid was washed with methanol/water = 1/2 to obtain a dye (2) (17.7 g, yield 68%). (Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of Dye (3)) [Chem. 74]
於110〜125°C下加熱攪拌化合物5(6.0 g,25 mmol :利用 國際公開第2008/003604號中所記載之方法所合成)、化合 物6(6.4 ml,50 mmol ··東京化成公司製造)、碳酸斜(6.9 g, 50 mmol)、N-甲基-2-0比17各。定酮(25 ml)之混合物4小時。冷 卻至室溫之後,添加水,利用甲苯進行萃取,利用稀鹽酸及 飽和食鹽水清洗甲苯層,利用無水硫酸鈉加以乾燥。進行減 壓濃縮,獲得9,2 g之淡茶色油。將該油溶解於乙醇(40 ml) 中,添加氫氧化納(2 g,52.3 mmol)之水(25 ml)溶液,於85 °C下攪拌1小時。放冷之後,利用曱苯進行萃取,利用飽和 101110090 123 201245131 食鹽水清洗甲苯層,利用無水硫酸納加以乾燥。進行減壓濃 縮,利用石夕膠管柱層析法(己烧/乙酸乙酯=3/1)進行純化, 獲得白色粉末之化合物7(5.95 g,產率94%)。 [化 75]The compound 5 (6.0 g, 25 mmol: synthesized by the method described in International Publication No. 2008/003604) and the compound 6 (6.4 ml, 50 mmol··Tokyo Chemical Co., Ltd.) were stirred and stirred at 110 to 125 °C. , carbonic acid oblique (6.9 g, 50 mmol), N-methyl-2-0 to 17 each. A mixture of ketone (25 ml) was used for 4 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water was added, and extraction was carried out with toluene, and the toluene layer was washed with dilute hydrochloric acid and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Concentration under reduced pressure gave 9,2 g of pale brown oil. This oil was dissolved in ethanol (40 ml), and a solution of sodium hydroxide (2 g, 52.3 mmol) in water (25 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 85 ° C for 1 hour. After allowing to cool, the mixture was extracted with benzene, and the toluene layer was washed with saturated 101110090 123 201245131 brine, and dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate. The residue was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified using silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 3/1) to afford compound 7 (5.95 g, yield 94%). [化75]
77
對化合物8(1.47 g,4.34 mmol :利用國際公開第 2009/107734號中所記載之方法所合成)、化合物7(1.1 g,4.34 mmol)、甲苯(30 ml)、氧氯化璃(0.6 ml)之混合物進行4小時 之加熱回流之後,冷卻至室溫,添加水,利用氯仿進行萃取。 減壓濃縮氯仿層,利用矽膠管柱層析法(展開溶劑:氯仿/曱 醇=15/1〜10/1)進行純化,利用己烷清洗所獲得之固體,獲 得化合物9(1.32 g,產率50%)。 [化 76]For compound 8 (1.47 g, 4.34 mmol: synthesized by the method described in International Publication No. 2009/107734), compound 7 (1.1 g, 4.34 mmol), toluene (30 ml), oxychloride glass (0.6 ml) The mixture was heated and refluxed for 4 hours, cooled to room temperature, and water was added thereto, followed by extraction with chloroform. The chloroform layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by silica gel column chromatography (developing solvent: chloroform / decyl alcohol = 15/1 to 10/1), and the obtained solid was washed with hexane to obtain compound 9 (1.32 g). Rate 50%). [化76]
101110090 124 201245131 於50 C下搜拌化合物9(8.9 g,14.6 mmol)、化合物10(4.2 g,14.6 mmol :東京化成公司製造)、甲醇(50 ml)之混合物 1.5小時之後,進行減壓濃縮,利用曱醇/水=1/2清洗所獲 得之固體,獲得染料⑶⑴5 g,產率92.3%)。 (合成例4 :染料(4)之合成) [化 77]101110090 124 201245131 A mixture of compound 9 (8.9 g, 14.6 mmol), compound 10 (4.2 g, 14.6 mmol: manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and methanol (50 ml) was mixed at 50 C for 1.5 hours, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The solid obtained was washed with decyl alcohol/water = 1/2 to obtain a dye (3) (1) 5 g, yield 92.3%). (Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of Dye (4)) [Chem. 77]
將N-乙基-對曱苯胺(東京化成工業公司製造,138g)溶解 於N,N-二曱基甲醯胺(52〇 ml)中,利用冰浴進行冷卻,每次 少量地添加第三丁氧基鉀(115g)。繼而,於利用冰浴進行冷 卻之狀態下’花費30分鐘滴加4,4’-二氟二笨基酮(東京化成 工業公司製造,37 g)之DMF(Dimethylformamide,二甲基甲 醯胺)(180 ml)溶液之後,於5〇。(:下攪拌3小時。添加水及 曱苯,分離有機層,利用水清洗有機層。利用無水硫酸鈉乾 燥有機層,進行減壓濃縮。利用矽膠管柱層析法(己烷/乙酸 乙酯15/1〜10/1)進行純化,獲得淡黃色固體之化合物D(63.6 g)。N-ethyl-p-anisidine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., 138 g) was dissolved in N,N-dimercaptocaramine (52 〇ml), and cooled in an ice bath, and a small amount was added each time. Potassium butoxide (115 g). Then, DMF (Dimethylformamide, dimethylformamide) of 4,4'-difluorodiphenyl ketone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., 37 g) was added dropwise for 30 minutes while cooling with an ice bath. After (180 ml) the solution, at 5 Torr. The mixture was stirred for 3 hours. Water and toluene were added, and the organic layer was separated, and the organic layer was washed with water. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification was carried out to give Compound D (63.6 g) as a pale yellow solid.
Hb 78] 101110090 125 201245131Hb 78] 101110090 125 201245131
化合物D 於化合物D(24g)、化合物3(11.1 g)(東京化成工業公司製 造)、曱苯(130 ml)之混合物中添加氧氯化磷(7.3 ml)(和光純 藥工業公司製造),進行5小時之加熱回流。冷卻至室溫之 後,添加水,利用氣仿進行萃取,利用飽和食鹽水清洗有機 層3次。進行減壓濃縮,利用>5夕膠管柱層析法(氯仿/甲醇= 12/1)進行純化,獲得化合物E(34.8 g)。 [化 79]Compound D was added to a mixture of the compound D (24 g), the compound 3 (11.1 g) (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the benzene (130 ml), and phosphorus oxychloride (7.3 ml) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.). Heating and refluxing was carried out for 5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water was added, and extraction was carried out by gas-mesh, and the organic layer was washed three times with saturated brine. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by <[Lambda]>> [化79]
染料(4) 於40°C下攪拌化合物E(6.66g)、鋰=雙(三氟曱磺醯基)醯 亞胺(東京化成工業公司製造,2.87 g)'甲醇(100 ml)之混合 物30分鐘之後,進行減壓濃縮,利用曱醇/水(1/2)之混合物 清洗所獲得之固體,獲得染料(4)(6.51 g)。 (合成例5 :染料(5)之合成) (中間物C1之合成) [化 80] 101110090 126 201245131Dye (4) A mixture of compound E (6.66 g) and lithium = bis(trifluorosulfonyl) quinone imine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., 2.87 g) 'methanol (100 ml) was stirred at 40 °C. After a minute, concentration under reduced pressure was carried out, and the obtained solid was washed with a mixture of methanol/water (1/2) to obtain a dye (4) (6.51 g). (Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of Dye (5)) (Synthesis of Intermediate C1) [Chem. 80] 101110090 126 201245131
中間物ClIntermediate Cl
化合物D 於中間物D(24 g)、1-曱基-2-苯基α弓卜朵(東京化成工業公司 製造’ 11.1 g)、曱苯(130 mi)之混合物中添加氧氣化確(和光 純藥工業公司製造,7.3 ml)’進行5小時之加熱回流。冷卻 至室溫後,添加水,利用氯仿進行萃取,利用飽和食鹽水清 洗有機層3次。利用無水硫酸鈉加以乾燥之後,進行減壓濃 縮’利用矽膠管柱層析法(氣仿/曱醇= 12/1)進行純化,獲得 中間物 Cl(34.8 g)。 [化 81]Compound D is added to the mixture of intermediate D (24 g), 1-mercapto-2-phenyl abendole (11.1 g manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and toluene (130 mi). Manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., 7.3 ml) 'heated back for 5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water was added, and extraction was performed with chloroform, and the organic layer was washed three times with saturated brine. After drying with anhydrous sodium sulfate, the mixture was subjected to purification under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography (methanol / decyl alcohol = 12 / 1) to obtain Intermediate Cl (34.8 g). [化81]
將中間物Cl(6.0 g)與95%硫酸(9〇 g)之混合物於7〇ΐ下攪 摔6小時,於8〇t下授拌4小時之後,將其注入冰水中見 過濾分離沈澱。溶解於丙酮中,利用水加以稀釋之後,利用 1 N氫氧化納水溶液將pH值調整成8,過遽並乾燥沈殿, 獲得染料1(5.4g)。藉由ιΗ證之分析,染料(5)為染料⑺a 與染料(5)B之64 : 36之混合物。 [化 82] 101110090 127 201245131A mixture of Intermediate Cl (6.0 g) and 95% sulfuric acid (9 〇 g) was stirred at 7 Torr for 6 hours, and after mixing at 8 Torr for 4 hours, it was poured into ice water to separate the precipitate by filtration. After dissolving in acetone and diluting with water, the pH was adjusted to 8 with a 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, and the mixture was dried and dried to obtain a dye 1 (5.4 g). The dye (5) is a mixture of dye (7)a and dye (5)B of 64:36 by analysis of ιΗ. [化82] 101110090 127 201245131
Mxx 染料(5)A 染料(5)B 於下述表示1HNMR及MS之結果。 NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) δ 1.25 (t, H-4), 2.39 (s, H-l), 3.88 (m, H-5, H-ll), 6.4 - 6.8 (br, H-6), 7.00 (d, H-15), 7.12 (d, H-3), 7.23 - 7.38 (m, H-2, H-7, H-8, H-9, H-10), 7.60(d, H-12), 7.63 (dd, H-16), 7.71 (dH-14), 7.87 (dd, H-13), 8.11 (d, H-17) MS(LDI,posi) m/z 718 (M+H, C46H44N303S),740 (M+Na, C46H43N3Na03S)。 [化 83]Mxx Dyes (5) A Dye (5) B The results of 1H NMR and MS are shown below. NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) δ 1.25 (t, H-4), 2.39 (s, Hl), 3.88 (m, H-5, H-ll), 6.4 - 6.8 (br, H-6), 7.00 ( d, H-15), 7.12 (d, H-3), 7.23 - 7.38 (m, H-2, H-7, H-8, H-9, H-10), 7.60(d, H-12 ), 7.63 (dd, H-16), 7.71 (dH-14), 7.87 (dd, H-13), 8.11 (d, H-17) MS(LDI, posi) m/z 718 (M+H, C46H44N303S), 740 (M+Na, C46H43N3Na03S). [化83]
染料(5)A 染料(5)B (合成例6 :染料(6)之合成) 於C.I.酸性紅289(東京化成工業公司製造,22.29 g)中添 加氣仿(222.9 g)及N,N-二曱基曱醯胺(13.225 g),一面將内 部溫度保持於20°C以下,一面滴加亞硫醯氯(16.19 g)。滴加 之後,進行升溫,於50°C下反應5小時之後,冷卻至20°C 以下,一面花費35分鐘滴加三乙基胺(32·8 g,0.324 mol)、 101110090 128 201245131 與:2-乙基己基胺(18.57 g,0.1436 mol)之混合液,一面將溫 度保持於20°C以下。其後,於室溫下攪拌5小時。濃縮溶 劑,添加曱醇(15 ml),充分攪拌之後,一面攪拌一面將其滴 入水(557 g)中,析出紅色結晶。將成為殘渣之部分再次溶解 於曱醇中之後,進行濃縮,再次添加水使結晶化。利用水(300 ml)懸浮清洗濾出之結晶一次,進行減壓乾燥,獲得染料 (6)(21.823 g) 〇 [化 84]Dye (5) A Dye (5) B (Synthesis Example 6: Synthesis of Dye (6)) Gas (222.9 g) and N, N- were added to CI Acid Red 289 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., 22.29 g). Dimethyl decylamine (13.225 g) was added with thidium chloride (16.19 g) while maintaining the internal temperature below 20 °C. After the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised, and the reaction was carried out at 50 ° C for 5 hours, and then cooled to 20 ° C or lower, and triethylamine (32·8 g, 0.324 mol), 101110090 128 201245131 and 2 were added dropwise over 35 minutes. A mixture of ethylhexylamine (18.57 g, 0.1436 mol) was maintained at a temperature of 20 ° C or less. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The solvent was concentrated, and decyl alcohol (15 ml) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred well, and the mixture was poured into water (557 g) while stirring to precipitate red crystals. After the residue was redissolved in decyl alcohol, it was concentrated, and water was again added thereto to cause crystallization. The filtered crystals were washed once with water (300 ml) and dried under reduced pressure to obtain a dye (6) (21.823 g) 〇 [Chem. 84]
(參考合成例1 :樹脂A之合成) 一面對丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯(145重量份)進行氮取代一面 攪拌,升溫至120°C。於其中滴加苯乙烯(20重量份)、曱基 丙烯酸環氧丙酯(57重量份)及具有三環癸烷骨架之單丙烯 酸醋(日立化成公司製造之FA-513M)82重量份,進而於120 °C下持續攪拌2小時。繼而置換反應容器内之空氣,於丙烯 酸27重量份中投入三二曱基胺基曱基苯酚(0.7重量份)及對 苯二酚(0.12重量份),於120°C下持續反應6小時。其後, 101110090 129 201245131 添加四氫鄰苯二曱酸針(ΤΗΡΑ,Tetrahydrophthalic anhydride)52重量份、三乙基胺(0.7重量份),於120°C下反 應3.5小時。如此所獲得之樹脂A之藉由GPG所測得之重 量平均分子量Mw為約15000。樹脂A之構造如以下所示(包 含以下4種重複單元之高分子化合物)。 [化 85](Reference Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Resin A) One surface of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate (145 parts by weight) was stirred with nitrogen and heated to 120 °C. 82 parts by weight of styrene (20 parts by weight), glycidyl methacrylate (57 parts by weight), and monoacrylic acid vinegar (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) having a tricyclodecane skeleton were added dropwise thereto. Stirring was continued for 2 hours at 120 °C. Then, the air in the reaction vessel was replaced with trisylamino decylphenol (0.7 parts by weight) and hydroquinone (0.12 parts by weight) in 27 parts by weight of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 120 ° C for 6 hours. Thereafter, 101110090 129 201245131 52 parts by weight of Tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and triethylamine (0.7 parts by weight) were added, and the mixture was reacted at 120 ° C for 3.5 hours. The weight average molecular weight Mw of the resin A thus obtained measured by GPG was about 15,000. The structure of the resin A is as follows (a polymer compound containing the following four kinds of repeating units). [化85]
樹脂AResin A
[藍色顏料分散液之製備] 將作為藍色顏料之C.I.顏料藍15 : 6 11.36重量份、作為 溶劑之丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯57.5重量份、分散劑 「Disperbig2000」(BYK-Chemie公司製造)以固形份換算計 3.02重量份、粒徑0.5 mm之氧化鍅珠粒215.7重量份填充 於不鏽鋼容器内,利用塗料震動機使分散6小時,製備藍色 顏料分散液。 [著色樹脂組成物之製備] 以成為表1〜3中所記載之組成之方式混合[染料之合成] 中所獲得之各染料、[樹脂之合成]中所獲得之樹脂A及其他 成分,製備著色樹脂組成物。再者,表1〜3中之數值均表 101110090 130 201245131 示光阻劑固形份中之重量份。光阻劑中之固形份設為22%, 溶劑組成設為PGMEA(丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯):PGME(丙二 醇單曱醚)=7 : 3。 於混合時,攪拌1小時以上直至各成分充分地混合,最之 後藉由5 μm之楔形過濾器進行過濾,取除異物。 再者,表1〜3中之數值均表示所添加之各成分之重量份。 101110090 131 201245131 【1^:1 比較例 1 (N Os 11.7 1 00 1 I 29.8 I 31.5 (N 〇 實施例 12 12.3 I 10.1 11.2 寸 rn 寸 VO I 25.6 I I 27.9 I CN 〇 實施例 11 12.3 1 10.1 (N 寸 wS I 26.0 I I 28.3 I CN 〇 iT) 實施例 10 12.3 幽 10.1 CN 寸 cn 00 26-4 I 28.7 I CN 〇 in 實施例 9 — 12.3」 1 〇 CN 1 < 寸 rn ο — I 26.8 I 29.1 CN 〇 實施例 8 Li2^ 1 」0_1 11.2 寸 rn CN rn 27.2 29.5 _ CN 〇 to 實施例 7 1 12·3 1 1 〇 <N 寸 cn 〇\ CN ^27.4 L29.6 (N 〇 in 實施例 6 1 12-3 1 1 lo^J 〇 00 1 v〇 in I 29.3 315| <N 〇 實施例 5 1 12·3 1 1 o 00 1 00 — 1 29.7 I L31,9 (N 〇 實施例 4 丨 12.3 I 1 LjojJ s 1 p 寸 L3〇-iJ 1 32.31 CN Ο yn in 實施例 3 1 12·3 1 1 1··^ c5 S 1 <N ro 1 30-5 1 | 32.7 I CM Ο 實施例 2 <Ν α\ 1 S 1 q 寸 1 31.0 | | 32.7 I CN Ο 實施例 1 (Ν Ον 丨旧1 1 1 | 29.0 I | 30.7 I <N Ο 光阻劑成分 藍色顏料分散液 染料⑴ 染料(2) OXE02 (BASF公司製造) 2,4-二乙基9-氧硫。山。星 PET-P (澱化學公司製造) 樹脂A 二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 「F475」 (DIC公司製造) 「LfganoxlOlO j (BASF公司製造) 「JPP-100」 (城北化學工業公司製造) 染料 光聚合起始成分 鏈轉移劑 樹脂 聚合性單體 界面活性劑 抗氧化劑 (溫湓《硇镲-e)»--is0v# : d-HHd 0 ioluol 201245131 【(N<】 |比較例21 1 0.72 1 I 0.00 I 1 129 J 0.00 0.00 in 0.00 1 6.41 1 丨 6.54 1 0.02 | 0.26 I 0.26 實施例18 | 4.62 | 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.22 ο 1- 0.08 3.84 4.68 0.02 0.23 0.23 1實施例Π 1 0.84 0.00 1.02 0.00 0.04 1.53 0.09 6.40 | 6.56 | 0.02 1 0.26 0.26 實施例16 1 0.72 0.00 0.00 11-29 | 0.00 1.51 0.09 1 6.37 1 6.50 | 0.02 0.26 0.26 實施例15 | 4.65 1L15 1 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.20 0.09 1 4_27 1 丨 5.12 1 0.02 0.26 0.26 實施例14 4.07 1.00 0.00 0.00 丨㈣ 1 1.25 0.09 4.56 5.30 0.02 0.26 0.26 實施例13 0.72 0.00 11-29 1 0.00 0.00 1.51 0.09 | 6.37 I 6.50 | 0.02 0.26 0.26 光阻劑成分 藍色顏料分散液 染料(3) 染料(4) 染料(5) 染料⑹ CGI242 BASF公司製造 PET-P (澱化學公司製造) 樹脂A 二季戊四醇六丙稀酸酯 「F475」 (DIC公司製造) 「IrganoxlOlOj (BASF 公司製造) (城北化學工業) 「JPP-100」 (A)染料 光聚合起始成分 鍵轉移劑 樹脂 聚合性單體 界面活性劑 抗氧化劑 επ 06001112 201245131 【ε<】 1比較例7| 1 1 1 0.22 I 8.45 I 8.45 1.59 0.00 0.02 0.26 0.26 比較例6丨 1 1 1 1.20 I 1 | 8.00 | I 8.00 I 0.00 0.02 0.26 0.26 比較例5 0.98 1 1 0.19 | 8.01 | 8.01 ι-*Μ 0.00 0.02 0.26 0.26 比較例4 〇 1 1 1 | 8.04 | 18.04 I 1.52 0.00 0.02 0.26 0.26 比較例3| 1 1 1 | 8.00 | 8.00 1.51 0.00 0.02 0.26 0.26 實施例231 1 1 _0.22 I | 8.40 | |_8·4—0 I 1.59 0.10 0.02 0.26 0.26 實施例221 1 1 | 1.20 | 1 7.96 | 1 7.96 | 1.50 0.09 0.02 0.26 0.26 |實施例21| 0.98 1 1 1^19 1 | 7.97 I | 7.97 I 1.50 0.09 0.02 0.26 0.26 實施例20 〇 1 1 1 | 8.00 | | 8.00 | 1.51 0.09 0.02 0.26 0.26 |實施例19| 1 | 1.20 I 1 1 1 7.96 1 丨 7.96 | 0.09 0.02 0.26 0.26 染料(3) 染料(4) 染料(5) 染料⑹ 樹脂A 二季戊四醇六丙稀酸酯 「CGI242」 BASF公司製造 PET-P (澱化學公司製造) DIC公司製造 「F475」 「IrganoxlOlOj BASF 公司製造 「JPP-100」 城北化學工業 染料 樹脂 聚合性單體 起始劑 鏈轉移劑 界面活性劑 抗氧化劑 寸-060011101 201245131 <著色樹脂膜之製造及耐溶劑性之評價> 於切割成5 cm見方之玻璃基板上,藉由祐 疋轉塗係、、夫 乾燥膜厚成為1.8 /zm之方式塗佈上述各著 古、以 物,進行減壓乾燥之後,於加熱板上、於肋。0 腊級成 、l下進行3八 鐘之預烘烤。其後,以60 mJ/cm2之曝光量使整個面暖/刀 於潔淨烘箱中、於23(TC下煅燒30分鐘。 *光’ 其後’利用分光光度計U-3310(日立製作所製造)測定分光 穿透率,算出XYZ表色系中之色度(C光源)。 繼而’將上述基板浸潰於PGMEA中30分鐘之後,以與 上述相同之方式測定分光穿透率,算出XYZ表色系中之色 度(C光源)。將與浸潰之後之色度之色差即測定 耐溶劑性所得之結果匯總地示於表4〜6中。 又’對於上述基板,藉由分光光度計U-3310(曰立製作所 製造)進行測定,將其結果示於表7及8。 [表4] 表4耐溶劑 耐溶劑性 AE*ab 實施例1 2.4 實施例2 8.2 實施例3 12.8 實施例4 11.5 實施例5 7.4 實施例6 6.5 實施例7 9.5 實施例8 9.9 實施例9 7.5 實施例10 5.0 實施例11 5.5 實施例12 3.8 比較例1 96.7 101110090 135 201245131 [表5] 表5财溶劑性比較 而if溶劑性 △ E*ab 實施例13 18 實施例14 16 實施例15 25 實施例16 3 實施例17 9 實施例18 0 比較例2 72 [表6] 表6对溶劑性比較 耐溶劑性 △ E*ab 實施例19 17 實施例20 15 實施例21 16 實施例22 14 實施例23 18 比較例3 70 比較例4 85 比較例5 75 比較例6 72 比較例7 81 [表7] 表7包含藍色顏料與染料之著色樹脂組成物之亮度 亮度Y 實施例13 10.46 比較例2 10.40 136 101110090 201245131 [表8] 表8包含染料之著色樹脂組成物之亮度 亮度Y 實施例19 10.23 實施例20 10.55 實施例21 10.43 實施例22 10.02 實施例23 37.7 比較例3 10.03 比較例4 10.24 比較例5 10.13 比較例6 9.83 比較例7 36.6 如表4〜6所示,得知使用本發明之著色樹脂組成物所形 成之像素之耐溶劑性顯著優異。 又,如表7及8所示,使用本發明之著色樹脂組成物所形 成之像素之亮度高。 因此,具有使用本發明之著色樹脂組成物所形成之像素之 液晶顯示裝置的圖像質量高。 <關於綠色像素形成用著色樹脂組成物> [1]黃色染料之合成 <合成例1 :化合物(Ι-i)之合成> 於四口燒瓶中添加4-乙醯胺基苯磺醯氣117重量份、二 氯曱烷1600重量份、三乙基胺56重量份、4-二曱基胺基吡 啶3重量份,冷卻至5°C。繼而,花費15分鐘滴加1,5-二 曱基己基胺71重量份,繼而於室溫下攪拌6小時。利用1 mol/L鹽酸1000重量份清洗有機層2次,繼而利用飽和碳 酸氫鈉水溶液1000重量份進行清洗,利用無水硫酸鈉乾燥 101110090 137 201245131 所獲得之有機層。濾別乾燥劑之後,蒸餾去除溶劑,獲得白 色固體之中間物(i-a)154重量份。 [化 86][Preparation of Blue Pigment Dispersion] CI Pigment Blue 15: 6 11.36 parts by weight as a blue pigment, 57.5 parts by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate as a solvent, and dispersant "Disperbig 2000" (manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.) In a solid content conversion, 3.02 parts by weight and 215.7 parts by weight of cerium oxide beads having a particle diameter of 0.5 mm were filled in a stainless steel container, and dispersed by a paint shaker for 6 hours to prepare a blue pigment dispersion. [Preparation of a coloring resin composition] The respective dyes obtained in the [synthesis of dyes], the resin A obtained in [synthesis of a resin], and other components are prepared in such a manner as to have the compositions described in Tables 1 to 3, and are prepared. A colored resin composition. Further, the numerical values in Tables 1 to 3 are 101110090 130 201245131 showing the parts by weight in the solid portion of the photoresist. The solid content in the photoresist was 22%, and the solvent composition was set to PGMEA (propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate): PGME (propylene glycol monoterpene ether) = 7:3. While mixing, the mixture was stirred for 1 hour or more until the components were sufficiently mixed, and finally filtered by a 5 μm wedge filter to remove foreign matter. Further, the numerical values in Tables 1 to 3 represent the parts by weight of the components added. 101110090 131 201245131 [1^:1 Comparative Example 1 (N Os 11.7 1 00 1 I 29.8 I 31.5 (N 〇 Example 12 12.3 I 10.1 11.2 inch rn inch VO I 25.6 II 27.9 I CN 〇 Example 11 12.3 1 10.1 ( N inch wS I 26.0 II 28.3 I CN 〇iT) Example 10 12.3 幽10.1 CN inchcn 00 26-4 I 28.7 I CN 〇in Example 9 — 12.3” 1 〇CN 1 < inch rn ο — I 26.8 I 29.1 CN 〇Embodiment 8 Li2^ 1 ”0_1 11.2 inch rn CN rn 27.2 29.5 _ CN 〇to Example 7 1 12·3 1 1 〇<N inch cn 〇\ CN ^27.4 L29.6 (N 〇in implementation Example 6 1 12-3 1 1 lo^J 〇00 1 v〇in I 29.3 315| <N 〇Example 5 1 12·3 1 1 o 00 1 00 — 1 29.7 I L31,9 (N 〇Example 4 丨 12.3 I 1 LjojJ s 1 p inch L3〇-iJ 1 32.31 CN Ο yn in Example 3 1 12·3 1 1 1··^ c5 S 1 <N ro 1 30-5 1 | 32.7 I CM Ο Example 2 <Ν α\ 1 S 1 q Inch 1 31.0 | | 32.7 I CN 实施 Example 1 (Ν 丨ν 丨 Old 1 1 1 | 29.0 I | 30.7 I <N Ο Photoresist component Blue pigment dispersion Liquid Dyes (1) Dyes (2) OXE02 (Manufactured by BASF 2,4-diethyl 9-oxosulfide. Mountain Star PET-P (manufactured by Dian Chemical Co., Ltd.) Resin A dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate "F475" (manufactured by DIC Corporation) "LfganoxlOlO j (manufactured by BASF Corporation) "JPP- 100" (manufactured by Seongbuk Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Dye photopolymerization starting component chain transfer agent Resin polymerizable monomer surfactant active antioxidant (Wenxi "硇镲-e"»--is0v# : d-HHd 0 ioluol 201245131 (N<] |Comparative Example 21 1 0.72 1 I 0.00 I 1 129 J 0.00 0.00 in 0.00 1 6.41 1 丨6.54 1 0.02 | 0.26 I 0.26 Example 18 | 4.62 | 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.22 ο 1- 0.08 3.84 4.68 0.02 0.23 0.23 1 Example Π 1 0.84 0.00 1.02 0.00 0.04 1.53 0.09 6.40 | 6.56 | 0.02 1 0.26 0.26 Example 16 1 0.72 0.00 0.00 11-29 | 0.00 1.51 0.09 1 6.37 1 6.50 | 0.02 0.26 0.26 Example 15 | 4.65 1L15 1 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.20 0.09 1 4_27 1 丨5.12 1 0.02 0.26 0.26 Example 14 4.07 1.00 0.00 0.00 丨(4) 1 1.25 0.09 4.56 5.30 0.02 0.26 0.26 Example 13 0.72 0.00 11-29 1 0.00 0.00 1.51 0.09 | 6.37 I 6.50 | 0.02 0.26 0.26 photoresist composition blue color Dispersion dyes (3) Dyes (4) Dyes (5) Dyes (6) CGI242 PET-P manufactured by BASF (manufactured by Dian Chemical Co., Ltd.) Resin A dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate "F475" (manufactured by DIC Corporation) "IrganoxlOlOj ( (Manufactured by BASF) (Keibei Chemical Industry) "JPP-100" (A) Dye photopolymerization starting component bond transfer agent Resin polymerizable monomer surfactant active agent επ 06001112 201245131 [ε<] 1 Comparative Example 7| 1 1 1 0.22 I 8.45 I 8.45 1.59 0.00 0.02 0.26 0.26 Comparative Example 6丨1 1 1 1.20 I 1 | 8.00 | I 8.00 I 0.00 0.02 0.26 0.26 Comparative Example 5 0.98 1 1 0.19 | 8.01 | 8.01 ι-*Μ 0.00 0.02 0.26 0.26 Comparative Example 4 〇1 1 1 | 8.04 | 18.04 I 1.52 0.00 0.02 0.26 0.26 Comparative Example 3| 1 1 1 | 8.00 | 8.00 1.51 0.00 0.02 0.26 0.26 Example 231 1 1 _0.22 I | 8.40 | |_8·4— 0 I 1.59 0.10 0.02 0.26 0.26 Example 221 1 1 | 1.20 | 1 7.96 | 1 7.96 | 1.50 0.09 0.02 0.26 0.26 | Example 21 | 0.98 1 1 1^19 1 | 7.97 I | 7.97 I 1.50 0.09 0.02 0.26 0.26 Implementation Example 20 〇1 1 1 | 8.00 | | 8.00 | 1.51 0.09 0.02 0.26 0.26 | Example 19| 1 | 1.20 I 1 1 1 7.96 1 丨7.96 | 0.09 0.02 0.26 0.26 Dyes (3) Dyes (4) Dyes (5) Dyes (6) Resin A Dipentaerythritol Hexaacrylate "CGI242" PET manufactured by BASF -P (manufactured by Dian Chemical Co., Ltd.) DIC Company manufactures "F475" "IrganoxlOlOj BASF company manufactures "JPP-100" City North Chemical Industry Dye Resin Polymeric Monomer Starter Chain Transfer Agent Surfactant Antioxidant Inch-060011101 201245131 < The production of the colored resin film and the evaluation of the solvent resistance were carried out on the glass substrate cut into 5 cm square, and the above-mentioned respective ancient coatings were applied by a coating method of a dry coating and a dry film thickness of 1.8 /zm. After drying under reduced pressure, the ribs were placed on a hot plate. 0 The wax is graded and the pre-baked for 3 or 8 hours. Thereafter, the entire surface was warmed/knife in a clean oven at a exposure amount of 60 mJ/cm 2 and calcined at 23 (TC for 30 minutes. *Light 'after' was measured by a spectrophotometer U-3310 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) The chromaticity (C light source) in the XYZ color system was calculated, and then the substrate was immersed in PGMEA for 30 minutes, and the spectral transmittance was measured in the same manner as above to calculate the XYZ color system. The chromaticity of the medium (C light source). The results obtained by measuring the color resistance of the chromaticity after the immersion, that is, the measurement of the solvent resistance, are collectively shown in Tables 4 to 6. Further, for the above substrate, the spectrophotometer U- The measurement was carried out in 3310 (manufactured by Seiko Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), and the results are shown in Tables 7 and 8. [Table 4] Table 4 Solvent Resistance Solvent Resistance AE*ab Example 1 2.4 Example 2 8.2 Example 3 12.8 Example 4 11.5 Example 5 7.4 Example 6 6.5 Example 7 9.5 Example 8 9.9 Example 9 7.5 Example 10 5.0 Example 11 5.5 Example 12 3.8 Comparative Example 1 96.7 101110090 135 201245131 [Table 5] Table 5 Comparison of the solvent properties If solvent Δ E*ab Example 13 18 Example 14 16 Example 15 25 Example 16 3 Example 17 9 Example 18 0 Comparative Example 2 72 [Table 6] Table 6 Solvent Resistance Comparison Δ E*ab Example 19 17 Example 20 15 Example 21 16 Example 22 14 Example 23 18 Comparative Example 3 70 Comparative Example 4 85 Comparative Example 5 75 Comparative Example 6 72 Comparative Example 7 81 [Table 7] Table 7 contains the luminance of the blue pigment and the dyed resin composition of the dye. Y Example 13 10.46 Comparative Example 2 10.40 136 101110090 201245131 [Table 8] Table 8 Brightness Brightness Y of the colored resin composition containing the dye Example 19 10.23 Example 20 10.55 Example 21 10.43 Example 22 10.02 Example 23 37.7 Comparative Example 3 10.03 Comparative Example 4 10.24 Comparative Example 5 10.13 Comparative Example 6 9.83 Comparative Example 7 36.6 As shown in Tables 4 to 6, it was found that the pixel formed by using the colored resin composition of the present invention is remarkably excellent in solvent resistance. Further, Tables 7 and 8 As shown, the brightness of the pixel formed using the colored resin composition of the present invention is high. Therefore, the liquid crystal display device having the pixel formed using the colored resin composition of the present invention has high image quality. Colored resin composition for green pixel formation > [1] Synthesis of yellow dye <Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of compound (Ι-i)> 4-Ethylaminobenzenesulfonate gas was added to a four-necked flask 117 Parts by weight, 1600 parts by weight of dichlorosilane, 56 parts by weight of triethylamine, and 3 parts by weight of 4-didecylaminopyridine were cooled to 5 °C. Then, 71 parts by weight of 1,5-dimethylhexylamine was added dropwise over 15 minutes, followed by stirring at room temperature for 6 hours. The organic layer was washed twice with 1000 parts by weight of 1 mol/L hydrochloric acid, and then washed with 1000 parts by weight of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate, and the organic layer obtained by drying 101110090 137 201245131 was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtering the desiccant, the solvent was distilled off to obtain 154 parts by weight of a white solid intermediate (i-a). [化86]
於四口燒瓶中添加中間物(i-a)98重量份與5重量%鹽酸 250重量份,於90°C下攪拌5小時,結果獲得白色固體之 (i-b)。無需純化該白色固體,直接用於其次之反應中。 [化 87]98 parts by weight of an intermediate (i-a) and 250 parts by weight of 5% by weight of hydrochloric acid were added to a four-necked flask, and the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C for 5 hours to obtain (i-b) as a white solid. The white solid did not need to be purified and used directly in the next reaction. [化87]
於包含上述(i-b)之懸濁液中添加水1000重量份、濃鹽酸 24重量份,冷卻至5°C,添加亞硝酸鈉8重量份,攪拌30 分鐘。 將1-(2-乙基己基)-1,2-二氫-6-羥基-4-曱基-2-側氧基-3-吡 咬腈26重量份添加於甲醇80重量份與水50重量份之混合 溶液中,冷卻至5°C,一面利用氫氧化鈉將pH值保持於8 一面滴加上述包含重氮鹽之液。抽氣過遽該反應液,藉此獲 得橙色固體。藉由矽膠層析法純化該固體,獲得黃色固體之 化合物(l-i)66重量份。 [化 88] 101110090 138 i) 201245131To the suspension containing the above (i-b), 1000 parts by weight of water and 24 parts by weight of concentrated hydrochloric acid were added, and the mixture was cooled to 5 ° C, and 8 parts by weight of sodium nitrite was added thereto, followed by stirring for 30 minutes. 26 parts by weight of 1-(2-ethylhexyl)-1,2-dihydro-6-hydroxy-4-mercapto-2-oxo-3-pyridonitrile is added to 80 parts by weight of methanol and water 50 The mixture containing the diazonium salt was added dropwise to the mixed solution of the parts by weight while cooling to 5 ° C while maintaining the pH at 8 with sodium hydroxide. The reaction liquid was evacuated to obtain an orange solid. The solid was purified by silica gel chromatography to obtain 66 parts by weight of the compound (1 - i) as a yellow solid. [化88] 101110090 138 i) 201245131
u 該化合物於10 ppm氣仿溶夜中 為431 nm,波譜吸光係數為87 <極大吸收波長(λ max) &下述表示NMR之結果。 !H NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) δ 7 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.57 (d, 2H, 8.8 Hz), 4.26 (d, 2H, R . Ττ λ ^•4 Hz), 4.00-3.83 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.30 (m,1H),2.64 (s,3H),1 87 】… h (m, 1H), 1.48-1.00u The compound is 431 nm in a 10 ppm gas-like night, and the spectral absorption coefficient is 87 <maximum absorption wavelength (λ max) & The following shows the results of NMR. !H NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) δ 7 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.57 (d, 2H, 8.8 Hz), 4.26 (d, 2H, R . Ττ λ ^•4 Hz), 4.00- 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.30 (m, 1H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 1 87 】... h (m, 1H), 1.48-1.00
(m, 18H), 0.97-0.86 (m, 6H), 0.81 rdH _ T 1 Wd, 6H,J=6.4, 2.4 Hz)。 [2]樹脂之合成 <參考合成例2 :樹脂B之合成> 準備附有冷卻管之分離式燒瓶作為反應槽,添加丙二醇單 曱_乙酸S旨4GG重量份’進行氮取代之後,—碰拌一面利 用油浴進行加熱,使反應槽之溫度升溫至9〇。〇。 另一方面,於單體槽中添加二曱基_2,2·_[氧基雙(亞甲基)] 雙-2-丙烯酸酯30重量份、曱基丙烯酸6〇重量份、曱基丙 烯酸環己酯110重量份、過氧化(2_乙基己酸)第三丁酯5 2 重量份、丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯40重量份,於鏈轉移劑槽中 添加正十二烷基硫醇5.2重量份、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯27 重量份,於反應槽之溫度穩定於90¾之後,自單體槽及鏈 轉移劑槽開始滴加H始聚合一面將溫度保持於9〇。〇, 一面为別钯費135分鐘進行滴加,滴加結束,經過60分鐘 101110090 139 201245131 之後,開始升溫,使反應槽成為ii〇〇c ^ 維持110C3小時之後,於分離式燒瓶上安裝氣體導入 管,開始氧/氮= 5/95(v/v)混合氣體之起泡。繼而,於反應 槽内添加曱基丙稀酸環氧丙酯39.6重量份、2,2'-亞曱基雙(4_ 曱基-6-第二丁基笨酚)〇.4重量份、三乙基胺〇 8重量份,直 接於該狀態下於11(TC下反應9小時❶如此所獲得之樹脂b 之藉由GPC所測得之以聚苯乙稀換算計之重量平均分子量(m, 18H), 0.97-0.86 (m, 6H), 0.81 rdH _ T 1 Wd, 6H, J = 6.4, 2.4 Hz). [2] Synthesis of Resin <Reference Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of Resin B> A separation flask equipped with a cooling tube was prepared as a reaction vessel, and after adding propylene glycol monofluorene-acetic acid S to 4 GG parts by weight, after nitrogen substitution, The mixture was heated by an oil bath while stirring, and the temperature of the reaction vessel was raised to 9 Torr. Hey. On the other hand, 30 parts by weight of dimercapto-2,2·-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, 6 parts by weight of methacrylic acid, and methacrylic acid are added to the monomer tank. 110 parts by weight of cyclohexyl ester, 52 parts by weight of (2-ethylhexanoic acid) tert-butyl ester, 40 parts by weight of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate, and n-dodecylsulfide added to the chain transfer agent tank 5.2 parts by weight of the alcohol and 27 parts by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate were stabilized at 902⁄4 after the temperature of the reaction vessel, and the temperature was maintained at 9 Torr from the start of the dropwise addition of H from the monomer tank and the chain transfer agent tank. 〇, one side is added dropwise for 135 minutes of palladium, and the addition is completed. After 60 minutes of 101110090 139 201245131, the temperature is raised, and the reaction tank is made ii〇〇c ^ After maintaining for 110C for 3 hours, gas is introduced into the separation flask. Tube, start foaming of oxygen/nitrogen = 5/95 (v/v) mixed gas. Then, 39.6 parts by weight of glycidyl propyl acrylate and 2,2'-fluorenylene bis(4-fluorenyl-6-second butyl phenol) 〇. 4 parts by weight, three were added to the reaction vessel. 8 parts by weight of ethylamine oxime, directly in this state at 11 (reaction for 9 hours at TC), the weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC of the resin b thus obtained
Mw 為 8000,酸值為 1〇1 mg-KOH/g。 <參考合成例3 :樹脂c之合成> 一面對丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯145重量份進行氮取代一面 攪拌,升溫至120°C。於其中滴入笨乙烯1〇重量份、曱基 丙稀酸環氧丙酯85.2重量份及具有三環癸烷骨架之單丙烯 酸酷FA-513M(日立化成公司製造)66重量份,並花費3小 時滴下加2,2,-偶氮雙-2-甲基丁腈8.47重量份,進而於9〇ΐ 下持續攪拌2小時。繼而置換反應容器内之空氣,於丙烯酸 43.2重量份中投入三二甲基胺基甲基苯酚〇 7重量份及對苯 二盼0.12重量份,於100ΐ下持續反應π小時。其後,添 加四氫鄰苯二曱酸酐(ΤΗΡΑ)56.2重量份、三乙基胺0.7重量 份’於10〇t下反應3.5小時。如此所獲得之樹脂C之藉由 GPC所測得之以聚笨乙烯換算計之重量平均分子量Mw為 約 8400,酸值為 8〇 mg_KOH/g。 進而添加丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯,將固形份濃度調整成 101110090 140 201245131 40%。 [3]光聚合起始劑之合成 表示光聚合起始劑(化合物1-1)。 [化 89]The Mw is 8000 and the acid value is 1〇1 mg-KOH/g. <Reference Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of Resin c> One 145 parts by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was stirred while being nitrogen-substituted, and the temperature was raised to 120 °C. 1 part by weight of stupid ethylene, 85.2 parts by weight of glycidyl propyl acrylate, and 66 parts by weight of monoacrylic acid FA-513M (manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) having a tricyclodecane skeleton, and costing 3 An amount of 8.47 parts by weight of 2,2,-azobis-2-methylbutyronitrile was added dropwise over an hour, and stirring was continued for 2 hours at 9 Torr. Then, the air in the reaction vessel was replaced with 7 parts by weight of trimethylaminomethylphenol phenol and 0.12 parts by weight of p-benzoic acid in 43.2 parts by weight of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 100 Torr for π hours. Thereafter, 56.2 parts by weight of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (ΤΗΡΑ) and 0.7 parts by weight of triethylamine were added and reacted at 10 Torr for 3.5 hours. The resin C thus obtained had a weight average molecular weight Mw of about 8400 and an acid value of 8 〇 mg_KOH/g as measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene. Further, propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was added to adjust the solid content concentration to 101110090 140 201245131 40%. [3] Synthesis of Photopolymerization Initiator A photopolymerization initiator (Compound 1-1) is shown. [化89]
記載之方法而合成。 [4] 綠色顏料分散液之製備 將作為鹵化金屬酞菁顏料之C.I.顏料綠58(DIC公司製 造)12.7重量份、作為分散劑之3丫1^01^111丨6公司製造之 「BYK-LPN6919」(甲基丙烯酸系AB嵌段共聚物,胺值121 mg-KOH/g,酸值1 mg-KOH/g以下)以固形份換算計3.2重 量份、參考合成例2中所合成之樹脂B以固形份換算計4.2 重量份進行混合,使用丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯作為溶劑,將固 形份濃度調整為20%。將該混合液100.5重量份與粒徑〇 5 mm之氧化锆珠粒300重量份填充於不鏽鋼容器内,利用塗 料震動機使分散6小時,製備綠色顏料分散液。 [5] 著色樹脂組成物之製備 以表9所示之比例混合[1]中所合成之染料、[2]中所合成 之樹脂C、[3]中所合成之光聚合起始劑、[4]中所製備之顏 101110090 141 201245131 料分散液、作為聚合性單體之二季戊四醇六丙烯動旨、作為 鍵轉移劑之季戊四醇-肆(3 -巯基丙酸酯)(澱化學公司製造') 及作為界面活性劑之利用1%丙二醇單甲顿乙咖旨稀釋氣系 界面活性劑F_475(DIC公司製造)而成者,使用丙二醇單甲 醚乙酸酿作為溶劑,將固形份濃度調整成2〇%,如此製備實 施例、比較例之著色樹脂組成物。再者,表9中之數值為不 包含溶劑之含量(重量份)。 混合並溶解下述組成之成分,製備著色光聚合性組成物。 再者表9中之數值為不包含溶劑之含量(重量份)。 [表9]Synthesized by the method described. [4] Preparation of Green Pigment Dispersion: 12.7 parts by weight of CI Pigment Green 58 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) as a halogenated metal phthalocyanine pigment, and BYK-LPN6919 manufactured by 3丫1^01^111丨6 company as a dispersing agent. (methacrylic AB block copolymer, amine value: 121 mg-KOH/g, acid value: 1 mg-KOH/g or less) 3.2 parts by weight in terms of solid content, and reference to the resin B synthesized in Synthesis Example 2 The mixture was mixed in an amount of 4.2 parts by weight in terms of solid content, and propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was used as a solvent to adjust the solid content concentration to 20%. 100.5 parts by weight of this mixed solution and 300 parts by weight of zirconia beads having a particle diameter of 5 mm were filled in a stainless steel container, and dispersed for 6 hours by a coating shaker to prepare a green pigment dispersion. [5] Preparation of Colored Resin Composition The dye synthesized in [1], the resin C synthesized in [2], and the photopolymerization initiator synthesized in [3] were mixed in the ratio shown in Table 9. 4] 101101090 141 201245131, a dispersion liquid, a dipentaerythritol hexapropylene as a polymerizable monomer, pentaerythritol-indole (3-mercaptopropionate) as a bond transfer agent (manufactured by Ding Chemical Co., Ltd.) And a 1% propylene glycol monomethyl ethoxide-based dilution gas-based surfactant F_475 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) as a surfactant, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was used as a solvent to adjust the solid concentration to 2〇. %, the colored resin compositions of the examples and the comparative examples were prepared in this manner. Further, the numerical values in Table 9 are contents (parts by weight) excluding the solvent. A component of the following composition was mixed and dissolved to prepare a colored photopolymerizable composition. Further, the numerical values in Table 9 are the contents (parts by weight) excluding the solvent. [Table 9]
再者,表9中之數值均表示所添加之各成分之重量份 另外,表9中之各化合物分別如下所示。 PET P .季戊四醇-肆(3_酼基丙酸酯)(澱化學公司製造) DPHA .二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 F475.氟系界面活性劑pIC公司製造) [5]溶解時間及殘膜率之測定 於β洗之後之切割成5 cm見方之玻璃基板AN100(旭硝 101110090 142 201245131 子公司製造)上’藉由旋轉塗佈法、以乾燥膜厚成為2.0 μ t方式塗佈上述各著色樹月旨组成物,進行減壓乾燥。使用 0.04重里/〇氫氧化斜水溶液,於在顯影液溫度抑下、以 壓力0.25 Mpa下進行嘴射顯料,將未曝光部之著色樹脂 組成物完全地溶解於顯影液中、基板露出之時間設為該著色 .樹脂組成物之溶解時間。 •讀溶解小時之測定相同之方式於經清洗之玻璃基板 綱00(旭确子公司製造)上塗佈著色樹脂組成物並加以乾 燥:其後,以5GIUW之曝光量使整個面曝光,使用_ 重f %氫氧化鉀水溶液,於顯影液溫度23<3(:下以壓力〇乃Further, the numerical values in Table 9 indicate the parts by weight of the components to be added. Further, each of the compounds in Table 9 is as follows. PET P. Pentaerythritol-indole (3_mercaptopropionate) (manufactured by Dian Chemical Co., Ltd.) DPHA. Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate F475. Fluorine-based surfactant pIC company) [5] Determination of dissolution time and residual film rate The glass substrate AN100 (manufactured by Asahi Glass 101110090 142 201245131, manufactured by the company) which was cut into 5 cm squares after the β-washing was applied by the spin coating method to apply the above-mentioned respective coloring trees with a dry film thickness of 2.0 μt. The composition was dried under reduced pressure. Using a 0.04 cc/t aqueous solution of hydrazine hydroxide, the nozzle was exposed at a pressure of 0.25 MPa under the temperature of the developer, and the colored resin composition of the unexposed portion was completely dissolved in the developing solution, and the substrate was exposed. The coloring time of the resin composition was set to be the dissolution time. • The method of measuring the dissolution time is the same. The colored resin composition is applied to the cleaned glass substrate 00 (manufactured by Asahi Co., Ltd.) and dried: thereafter, the entire surface is exposed with an exposure amount of 5 GIUW, using _ Heavy f% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution at a developer temperature of 23 < 3 (: under pressure)
Mpa進行喷射顯影。再者,顯影時間設為溶解時間+2〇秒。 顯影之後’利用充分之純水進行清洗,藉由潔淨空氣進行/乾 •燥,測定基板上所殘餘之著色樹麻成物之膜厚。將顯影^ ,之膜厚設為1GG%時之顯影之後之膜厚之比率設為殘7 * 將結果匯總於表10。 ' Μ ° [6]光硬化部之寬度測定(實施例24〜27、比較例8 測定) m 以與上述[5 ]溶解時間之測定相同之方式於經清洗之 基板A N10 0 (旭石肖?公司製造)上塗佈各著色樹月旨組成2 加以乾燥。其後,使用寬度40 、長度3〇mm之具有直 線圖案之光罩,以50 mJ/cm2之曝光量進行曝光,使用〇〇4 重量%氫氧化鉀水溶液,於顯影液溫度23^下、以壓力〇 101110090 143 201245131Mpa is spray developed. Further, the development time was set to a dissolution time of +2 sec. After the development, the film was cleaned with sufficient pure water, and dried/cleaned by clean air to measure the film thickness of the colored husks remaining on the substrate. The ratio of the film thickness after development when the film thickness of the development film was set to 1 GG% was defined as residue 7 * The results are summarized in Table 10. Μ ° [6] Width measurement of the light-cured portion (Examples 24 to 27, Comparative Example 8) m In the same manner as the above-mentioned [5] dissolution time, the substrate A N10 0 was cleaned (Xu Shixiao) The company manufactures a coating of each coloring tree with a composition of 2 and dried it. Thereafter, a mask having a linear pattern of a width of 40 and a length of 3 mm was used, and exposure was performed at an exposure amount of 50 mJ/cm 2 , using a 〇〇 4 wt% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution at a developer temperature of 23 Ω. Pressure 〇101110090 143 201245131
Mpa進行喷射顯影。 再者,於顯影時間為溶解時間+ 10秒、溶解時間+20秒 之兩個條件下進行。 顯影之後,利用充分之純水進行清洗,藉由潔淨空氣進行 乾燥,於230°C烘箱中進行20分鐘之煅燒。其後,利用50 倍之光學顯微鏡測定光硬化部分之線寬。 將結果匯總於表10。 101110090 144 201245131 014】 [6]光硬化部之寬度測定 顯影時間=溶解時間+ 20秒 Η Έ 婼3 〇\ 〇 V〇 卜 卜 ¥ 寸 cn" * o 顯影時間 (秒) (Ν CO CN m m m m m m CN CO 溶解時間 (秒) (Ν ro cn r-H »···η CN 顯影時間=溶解時間+10秒 鳞3 CN ^5 等 On 寸 〇T 卜 cn co 顯影時間 (秒) CN (Ν CN CN cn CN m (N (N (N (N 溶解時間 (秒) (Ν CN m T-^ (N [5]溶解時間及殘膜率之測定 殘膜率 (%) 〇\ 〇 OS On oo 〇\ /—\ /<—S 顯影時間 (秒) CN m cs m m m m cs m 溶解時間 (秒) CN (N m m in <N \ 實施例24 |實施例25 I 實施例26 實施例27 比較例8 比較例9 。龚噠刼槳i#<s3砌杷SB激^^w轮遝长略。/。0硃琏傲(uMpa is spray developed. Further, the development time was carried out under the conditions of a dissolution time of + 10 seconds and a dissolution time of +20 seconds. After development, it was washed with sufficient pure water, dried by clean air, and calcined in an oven at 230 ° C for 20 minutes. Thereafter, the line width of the photohardened portion was measured using a 50-fold optical microscope. The results are summarized in Table 10. 101110090 144 201245131 014] [6] Width measurement of light hardening section Development time = dissolution time + 20 seconds Η 婼 〇3 〇 \ 〇V〇 Bub ¥ inch cn" * o Development time (seconds) (Ν CO CN mmmmmm CN CO dissolution time (seconds) (Ν ro cn rH »···η CN development time = dissolution time +10 seconds scale 3 CN ^5 etc. On inch inch T 卜 co development time (seconds) CN (Ν CN CN cn CN m (N (N (N (N) dissolution time (seconds) (Ν CN m T-^ (N [5] dissolution time and residual film rate determination residual film rate (%) 〇\ 〇OS On oo 〇\ / \ /<-S development time (seconds) CN m cs mmmm cs m dissolution time (seconds) CN (N mm in < N \ Example 24 | Example 25 I Example 26 Example 27 Comparative Example 8 Comparative Example 9. Gong Yi Pao i#<s3 杷 杷 ^ ^ ^^w rims long. /. 0 朱琏傲(u
SH 0600IH0I 201245131 如表10所示,於包含黃色染料之著色樹脂組成物中,於 不包含鏈轉移劑之情_,甚至難以形成影像(比較例 9)。 另-方面,使用本發明之著色樹脂組成物所形成之像素由 於表面硬化性局,故而曝光部之膜表面未因驗顯影而溶解, 表現出高殘膜率,並且於使用具有圖案之光罩之曝光之後之 鹼顯影t,可形成良好之像素(實施例24〜27)。 · 因此,包含使用本發明之著色樹脂組成物所形成之像素之 彩色滤光片之像素之形成優異,且包含該彩色濾光片之液晶 顯示裝置及有機EL·顯示裝置的品質高。 曰 本領域從業人員應明瞭的是,上述雖參照特定之實施態樣 詳細地說明了本發明’但可於不脫離本發明之精神與範圍之 情況下添加各種變更或修正。本申請案係基於2〇ιι年3月 23曰提出申請之曰本專利申請(曰本專利特願 · 2011_064454)、2011年n月28日提出申請之日本專利申請 , (曰本專利特願2011-259238)者,此處援引其内容作為參照。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1係表示包含本發明之彩色濾光片之有機EL元件之一 例的剖面概略圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 20 像素 30 有機保護層 101110090 146 201245131 40 50 51 52 53 54 55 100 500 無機酸化膜 透明陽極 電洞注入層 電洞輸送層 發光層 電子注入層 陰極 有機EL元件 有機發光體 101110090 147SH 0600IH0I 201245131 As shown in Table 10, in the colored resin composition containing a yellow dye, it was difficult to form an image without including a chain transfer agent (Comparative Example 9). On the other hand, the pixel formed by using the colored resin composition of the present invention has a surface hardenability, so that the film surface of the exposed portion is not dissolved by the development, exhibits a high residual film ratio, and a patterned mask is used. The alkali development t after the exposure can form a good pixel (Examples 24 to 27). Therefore, the formation of the color filter including the color filter using the pixel formed by the colored resin composition of the present invention is excellent, and the liquid crystal display device and the organic EL display device including the color filter are high in quality. It is to be understood by those skilled in the art that the present invention may be described in detail with reference to the specific embodiments of the invention, and various changes and modifications may be added without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. This application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on March 23, 2011, which is filed on March 23, 2011. (Japanese Patent Application No. 2011_064454), filed on July 28, 2011, (Japanese Patent Application 2011) -259238), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of an organic EL element including a color filter of the present invention. [Main component symbol description] 20 pixels 30 Organic protective layer 101110090 146 201245131 40 50 51 52 53 54 55 100 500 Inorganic acidified film transparent anode hole injection layer Hole transport layer Light-emitting layer Electron injection layer Cathode organic EL element Organic light-emitting body 101110090 147
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2011064454 | 2011-03-23 | ||
JP2011259238 | 2011-11-28 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW201245131A true TW201245131A (en) | 2012-11-16 |
TWI613186B TWI613186B (en) | 2018-02-01 |
Family
ID=46879459
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW101110090A TWI613186B (en) | 2011-03-23 | 2012-03-23 | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (3) | JP6094477B2 (en) |
CN (2) | CN108047749B (en) |
TW (1) | TWI613186B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2012128318A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI642730B (en) * | 2013-10-09 | 2018-12-01 | 南韓商東友精細化工有限公司 | Dye compound and colored curable resin composition |
CN110955113A (en) * | 2018-12-20 | 2020-04-03 | 住华科技股份有限公司 | Colored resin composition, and color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic electroluminescent display device using same |
TWI746612B (en) * | 2016-08-08 | 2021-11-21 | 南韓商東友精細化工有限公司 | Compound, coloring composition, fiber material, color filter and display device |
Families Citing this family (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2014152256A (en) * | 2013-02-08 | 2014-08-25 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device |
JP6457719B2 (en) * | 2013-03-06 | 2019-01-23 | 株式会社Adeka | Photocurable composition |
JP2014189663A (en) * | 2013-03-27 | 2014-10-06 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device |
JP6135282B2 (en) * | 2013-04-26 | 2017-05-31 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Color material, color material dispersion, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device |
TWI604272B (en) * | 2013-05-24 | 2017-11-01 | 奇美實業股份有限公司 | Blue photosensitive resin composition for color filter and uses thereof |
TWI490644B (en) * | 2013-08-09 | 2015-07-01 | Chi Mei Corp | Blue photosensitive resin composition for color filter and uses thereof |
JP2015113421A (en) * | 2013-12-12 | 2015-06-22 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescence (el) display device |
JP6371601B2 (en) * | 2014-06-20 | 2018-08-08 | 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. | Compound and colored curable resin composition |
TW201614012A (en) * | 2014-09-08 | 2016-04-16 | Fujifilm Corp | Image forming material and image forming method |
KR102092439B1 (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2020-03-23 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Photosensitive resin composition and color filter comprising same |
KR102092438B1 (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2020-03-23 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Photosensitive resin composition and color filter comprising same |
KR102131481B1 (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2020-07-07 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Photosensitive resin composition and color filter comprising same |
JP7075724B2 (en) * | 2016-08-08 | 2022-05-26 | 東友ファインケム株式会社 | Compounds, coloring compositions, textile materials, color filters, and display devices |
JP6931575B2 (en) * | 2016-11-16 | 2021-09-08 | 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. | Coloring composition, coloring curable resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device |
JP6971021B2 (en) * | 2016-11-16 | 2021-11-24 | 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. | Color curable resin composition, color filter, and display device |
JP6917950B2 (en) * | 2017-08-23 | 2021-08-11 | 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. | Color curable resin composition, color filter, and display device |
JP2024129790A (en) | 2023-03-13 | 2024-09-27 | 保土谷化学工業株式会社 | Triarylmethane dye, coloring composition containing the dye, colorant for color filter, and color filter |
Family Cites Families (24)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP3147423B2 (en) * | 1991-09-05 | 2001-03-19 | インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレ−ション | Color filter and manufacturing method thereof |
JP2000249822A (en) * | 1999-02-26 | 2000-09-14 | Showa Denko Kk | Photopolymerization initiator for color filter, photosensitive coloring composition and color filter |
EP1478668B1 (en) * | 2002-02-28 | 2013-04-10 | Showa Denko K.K. | Thiol compound, photopolymerization initiator composition and photosensitive composition |
JP2006071890A (en) * | 2004-09-01 | 2006-03-16 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Dye-containing negative curable composition, and color filter, and method for producing color filter |
JP2006078602A (en) * | 2004-09-07 | 2006-03-23 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Dye-containing negative-type curable composition, color filter and method for producing the same |
JP4208145B2 (en) * | 2004-11-12 | 2009-01-14 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Pattern forming composition, pattern forming material, pattern forming apparatus, and pattern forming method |
JP4832973B2 (en) * | 2006-07-26 | 2011-12-07 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Curable composition for color filter, color filter, and method for producing the same |
JP4837603B2 (en) * | 2007-03-14 | 2011-12-14 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Negative curable composition, color filter and method for producing the same |
KR20090057814A (en) * | 2007-12-03 | 2009-06-08 | 제일모직주식회사 | Photosensitive resin composition for color filter and image sensor color filter using the same |
JP5544725B2 (en) * | 2008-02-27 | 2014-07-09 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, organic EL display and liquid crystal display device |
JP5020142B2 (en) * | 2008-03-26 | 2012-09-05 | 凸版印刷株式会社 | Color resist composition and color filter using the composition |
TWI455984B (en) * | 2008-05-30 | 2014-10-11 | Sumitomo Chemical Co | Colored hardening composite |
CN101625525B (en) * | 2008-07-11 | 2013-06-12 | 住友化学株式会社 | Light-sensitive resin composition |
JP2010224204A (en) * | 2009-03-24 | 2010-10-07 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Colored photosensitive resin composition |
JP2010235739A (en) * | 2009-03-31 | 2010-10-21 | Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd | Photosensitive black composition |
JP5678411B2 (en) * | 2009-04-07 | 2015-03-04 | 凸版印刷株式会社 | Red coloring composition and color filter |
JP5572332B2 (en) * | 2009-04-24 | 2014-08-13 | 凸版印刷株式会社 | Blue coloring composition containing dye, color filter, liquid crystal display device comprising the same, and organic EL display |
JP5672677B2 (en) * | 2009-08-21 | 2015-02-18 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition for color filter, and color filter using the photosensitive resin composition |
JP5705459B2 (en) * | 2009-09-04 | 2015-04-22 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Photocurable composition for color filter, color filter formed with the photocurable composition, and image display device including the same |
JP5493877B2 (en) * | 2010-01-06 | 2014-05-14 | 凸版印刷株式会社 | COLORING COMPOSITION CONTAINING DYE, COLOR FILTER AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING THE SAME, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND ORGANIC EL DISPLAY DEVICE |
JP5942368B2 (en) * | 2010-09-13 | 2016-06-29 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device |
KR101773406B1 (en) * | 2010-12-22 | 2017-08-31 | 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 | Colored photosensitive composition, color filter, method of producing color filter, and liquid crystal display device |
JP5696091B2 (en) * | 2011-04-25 | 2015-04-08 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition, color filter, protective film, photospacer, substrate for liquid crystal display device, liquid crystal display device and solid-state imaging device |
JP5539429B2 (en) * | 2012-03-19 | 2014-07-02 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Colored photosensitive composition, color filter, method for producing color filter, and liquid crystal display device |
-
2012
- 2012-03-22 WO PCT/JP2012/057334 patent/WO2012128318A1/en active Application Filing
- 2012-03-22 JP JP2013506001A patent/JP6094477B2/en active Active
- 2012-03-22 CN CN201810026084.4A patent/CN108047749B/en active Active
- 2012-03-22 CN CN201280014500.XA patent/CN103430099B/en active Active
- 2012-03-23 TW TW101110090A patent/TWI613186B/en active
-
2017
- 2017-02-15 JP JP2017026357A patent/JP2017151426A/en active Pending
-
2018
- 2018-11-14 JP JP2018213949A patent/JP2019040208A/en active Pending
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI642730B (en) * | 2013-10-09 | 2018-12-01 | 南韓商東友精細化工有限公司 | Dye compound and colored curable resin composition |
TWI746612B (en) * | 2016-08-08 | 2021-11-21 | 南韓商東友精細化工有限公司 | Compound, coloring composition, fiber material, color filter and display device |
CN110955113A (en) * | 2018-12-20 | 2020-04-03 | 住华科技股份有限公司 | Colored resin composition, and color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic electroluminescent display device using same |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN108047749A (en) | 2018-05-18 |
CN103430099A (en) | 2013-12-04 |
JP2017151426A (en) | 2017-08-31 |
WO2012128318A1 (en) | 2012-09-27 |
JPWO2012128318A1 (en) | 2014-07-24 |
JP2019040208A (en) | 2019-03-14 |
JP6094477B2 (en) | 2017-03-15 |
CN108047749B (en) | 2020-06-19 |
TWI613186B (en) | 2018-02-01 |
CN103430099B (en) | 2018-02-13 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TW201245131A (en) | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device | |
TWI374129B (en) | ||
TWI486404B (en) | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display and organic el display | |
TWI575029B (en) | Coloring composition, color filter and display device | |
TW201111447A (en) | Production method of pigment dispersion solution | |
TW201042368A (en) | Coloring photo-sensitive resin composition and color filter | |
TWI612104B (en) | Colorant, coloring composition for color filter, color filter and display element | |
TW200906821A (en) | Oxime ester photoinitiators | |
TW201539133A (en) | Coloring composition, color filter, and display element | |
TW201113303A (en) | Colored photosensitive resin compositions | |
TW201207501A (en) | Display device | |
TW201700627A (en) | Coloring composition, cured coloring film, color filter, display element, and solid-state imaging element which can form a cured coloring film capable of well-balancing and realizing in high standard heat tolerance, solvent resistance, and image-developing | |
TWI739903B (en) | Colored resin composition, cured product and image display device | |
CN105992801B (en) | Colored resin composition, colour filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device | |
TW201321449A (en) | Coloring agent, coloring composition, color filter and display element | |
JP2012201694A (en) | Dye, colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device | |
TW201543149A (en) | Coloring composition, coloring cured film and display device | |
TW201224064A (en) | Basic colorant, color composition, color filter and display element | |
TW201406801A (en) | Curable composition, curable film and display element | |
TWI605309B (en) | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device | |
TW201035677A (en) | Colored photosensitive resin composition | |
TW201245214A (en) | Colored composition, colored cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, liquid crystal display device, solid-state image sensing device and novel dipyrromethene metal complex compound or tautomer thereof | |
JP6996078B2 (en) | Colored resin composition, color filter and image display device | |
KR102413509B1 (en) | Compound | |
JP6432313B2 (en) | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device |